D4B8046FF16 Body Exterior

Service
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
Repair Manual
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Golf 2013 ➤
h re
hole
spec
e-Golf 2014 ➤
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Body Exterior
rrectness of i
Edition 05.2015
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Service Department. Technical Information

Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
Repair Group
50 - Body Front
55 - Hood, Lids
57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System
58 - Rear Doors
60 - Sunroof
63 - Bumpers
64 - Glass, Window Regulators
66 - Exterior Equipment
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2015 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B8046FF16

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015
Contents
50 - Body Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 Lock Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.3 Service Position, Performing and Resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.4 Lock Carrier, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2 Fender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.1 Overview - Fender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2 Overview - Deformation Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.3 Fender, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.4 Fender Brace, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3 Bulkhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1 Overview - Bulkhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.2 Overview - Plenum Chamber Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3 Bulkhead, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.4 Plenum Chamber Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
55 - Hood, Lids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.1 Overview - Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.2 Overview - Release Cable .A.G. . .V.ol.ks. w. a.g.en. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
gen AG
1.3 Hood, Removing andolkInstalling
swa . . . . . . . . . .d.oe. s.n.ot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
y V g
1.4 Hood, Adjustingsed b. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . u. a.ra.n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
ri t
1.5 Hood Latch,uthRemoving
o and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ee.o.r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
a a
1.6 Hood Release
ss Lever, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
ce
le
1.7 Catch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

un
pt
an
d
1.8 Hinges, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

itte
y li
rm
ab
1.9 Insulation, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

pe
ility
1.10 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

ot
wit
, is n
1.11 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

h re
hole
spec
1.12 Release Cable, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

es, in part or in w
2 Rear Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
t to the co
2.1 Overview - Rear Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

2.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
rrectness of i
2.3 Rear Lid, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

l purpos
2.4 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

2.5 Actuator, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
2.6 Hinges, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
nform
ercia

m
a
com
2.8 Rear Lid Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

ion in
2.9 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

r
te o
thi
s
2.10 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

iva
do
r
rp
cum
3 Fuel Filler Door Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

fo
en
ng
t.
3.1 Overview - Fuel Filler Door Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
yi Co
op py
3.2 Overview - Fuel Filler Door Unit, e-Golf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
3.3 Fuel Filler Door Unit, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
3.4 Fuel Filler Door Unit, Removing and Installing, e-Golf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
agen
Prote AG.
3.5 Fuel Filler Door, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
3.6 Adjusting Element, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Contents i
. Volkswagen AG
Golf 2013 ➤ , ke-Golf
wage 2014 ➤
n AG does
ol s not
Body Exterior
db
y V - Edition 05.2015 gu
ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
s au ra
c
57 - Front
s
Doors, Central Locking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
ce
le
un
pt
1 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
an
d
itte
y li
1.1 Overview - Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
rm
ab
pe
ility
1.2 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
ot
wit
, is n
1.3 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
h re
hole
1.4 Door, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
spec
1.5 Door, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.6 Catch, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
1.7 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
rrectness of i
2 Door Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
2.1 Overview - Door Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
l purpos
2.2 Overview - Window Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

2.3 Overview - Door Handle and Door Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
nform
ercia
2.4 Left and Right Window Regulator Motor V14 / V15 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 106
m
a
2.5 Window Regulator, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
com
tion in
2.6 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
2.8 Cap, Removing and Installing, for the Lock Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
r
rp
cum
fo
2.9 Cap, Removing and Installing, without the Lock Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
en
ng
t.
yi Co
2.10 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ht. Cop py
rig 119
2.11 Door Handle, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
rig ht
py by
o Vo
2.12 Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
2.13 Door Lock, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
AG.
2.14 Window Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

2.15 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3 Central Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3.1 Component Location Overview - Central Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
3.2 Vehicle Key Battery, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.3 Ignition Key Cap, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
58 - Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

1 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
1.1 Overview - Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
1.2 Door, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
1.3 Door, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
1.4 Catch, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
1.5 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
1.6 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
2 Door Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
2.1 Overview - Door Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
2.2 Overview - Window Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
2.3 Overview - Door Handle and Door Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
2.4 Left and Right Rear Window Regulator Motor V26 / V27 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 159
2.5 Window Regulator, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
2.6 Window Crank, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
2.7 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
2.9 Cap, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
2.10 Door Handle, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
2.11 Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
2.12 Door Lock, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
2.13 Window Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
ii Contents
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.14 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

2.15 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
3 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
60 - Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
1 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V. o.lk.s.w.a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
AG. gen A
1.1 Overview - Sunroof . . . . lk. s.w.ag. e.n. . . . . . . . . . . . G . .do. e.s.no. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
o t
1.2 Overview - Sunroof eShade byV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .g.ua. r.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
d
is n
1.3 Sunroof Frame, Removing
ho
r and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . t.ee. o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
ut ra
1.4 Wind Deflector,
ss Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
a
197
ce
1.5 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
e
199
nl
pt
du
an
1.6 Glass Panel, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
itte
y li
erm
1.7 Slotted Guide Rail Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
ab
ility
ot p
1.8 Sliding Sunroof Front Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
wit
, is n
1.9 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
h re
hole
1.10 Sunroof, Closing Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
spec
es, in part or in w
1.11 Sunroof Seals, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
t to the co
1.12 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
1.13 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
rrectness of i
2 Water Drain Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
2.1 Overview - Water Drain Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
l purpos
2.2 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

2.3 Water Drain Hoses, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
nf
ercia
or
3 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
m
m
atio
om
n in
63 - Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
or c
thi
te
sd
1 Front Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
iva
o
r
rp
cu
1.1 Overview - Bumper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
o
m
f
en
ng
1.2 Overview - Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

t.
yi Co
op
1.3 Overview - Impact Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
1.4 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
py by
co Vo
by lksw
1.5 Bumper Cover, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cted 251
agen
Prote AG.
1.6 Parking Aid Mount, Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
2 Rear Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
2.1 Overview - Bumper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
2.2 Overview - Bumper Cover Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
2.3 Overview - Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
2.4 Overview - Impact Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
2.5 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
2.6 Impact Member, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
2.7 Bumper Cover, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
2.8 Parking Aid Mount, Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
3 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
64 - Glass, Window Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

1 Repair Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
1.1 Minimum Curing Time for Bonded Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
1.2 Window Glass, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
1.3 Bonded Window Glass Installation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
1.4 Undamaged Window Glass, Preparing for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
1.5 New Window Glass, Preparing for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
1.6 Body Flange, Preparing for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
1.7 Adhesive, Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
2 Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
2.1 Overview - Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Contents iii
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.2 Windshield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

3 Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
3.1 Overview - Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
3.2 Rear Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
4 Side Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
4.1 Overview - Front Side Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
4.2 Overview - Rear Side Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
4.3 Front Side Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
4.4 Rear Side Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
5 Door Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
5.1 Overview - Front Door Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
5.2 Overview - Rear Door Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
5.3 Overview - Fixed Rear Door Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
5.4 Front Door Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
5.5 Rear Door Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
5.6 Rear Fixed Door Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
6 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
66 - Exterior Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

1 Radiator Grille/Front Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
1.1 Overview - Radiator Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
1.2 Overview - Charging Port Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
1.3 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
1.4 Charging Port Door, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
1.5 Adjusting Element, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
2 Spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
2.1 Overview - Spoiler on the Edge of the Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
2.2 Overview - Side Spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
2.3 Roof Edge Spoiler, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
2.4 Side Spoiler, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. V. o. lk. s.w.ag. e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
gen AG n AG d
3 Molding/Trim/Extensions/Trim Panels . . . . . . .V.ol.ks.w.a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .o.es. n.ot. g. . . . . . . . . 330
y u
3.1 Overview - Drip Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ise.d.b. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a. ra. n.t . . . . . 330
r e
3.2 Overview - Sill Panel Trim . . . . . . . . .a.uth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .e o.r a. . .
o
332
3.3 Overview - Heat Shield . . . . . . . . . .ss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. . 335
ce
le
3.4 Drip Rail, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

un
pt
an
d
itte
3.5 Sill Panel Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

y li
rm
ab
3.6 Front Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

pe
ility
ot
3.7 Rear Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

wit
, is n
h re
3.8 Floor Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

hole
spec
3.9 Center Exhaust System Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
es, in part or in w
3.10 Rear Muffler Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

t to the co
4 Noise Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

4.1 Overview - Noise Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
rrectness of i
5 Underbody Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

l purpos
5.1 Overview - Underbody Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

5.2 Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
nform
ercia
5.3 Center Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

5.4 Rear Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
m
a
com
tio
5.5 Front Tunnel Bridge, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

n in
r
te o
5.6 Rear Tunnel Bridge, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

thi
s
iva
do
6 Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

r
rp
cum
fo
6.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

en
ng
t.
yi
6.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Co
Cop py
. rig
6.3 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
t
opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
374
c by lksw
cted agen
iv
Prote AG.
Contents
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
6.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

6.5 Mirror Cap, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
6.6 Mirror Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
7 Wheel Housing Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
7.1 Overview - Front Wheel Housing Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
7.2 Overview - Rear Wheel Housing Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
7.3 Front Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
7.4 Rear Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
8 Name Badges and Emblems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
8.1 Dimensions - Rear Lid Name Badges and Emblems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
8.2 Dimensions - Name Badges and Emblems on Fender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
8.3 Front Emblem, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
8.4 Rear Emblem, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
9 Other Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
9.1 Overview - Other Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
10 Trailer Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
10.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
10.2 Overview - Release Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
10.3 Trailer Hitch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
10.4 Release Cable, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
11 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
12 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Contents v
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
vi Contents
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
50 – Body Front
1 Lock Carrier
(Edition 05.2015)
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing”, page 3
n AG. Volkswagen A
⇒ “1.3 Service Position, Performing
olks
wand
age Resetting”, page 7es no
G do
V t gu
by ara
⇒ “1.4 Lock Carrier, Servicing”,
ris
ed page 10 nte
ho eo
ut
1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier
a ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Lock Carrier”, page 3
an
d
itte
y li
rm
1.1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
Volkswagen R GmbH “R-Line” and “R” optional equipment
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
1 - Lock Carrier with Attach‐
t to the co
ments
❑ For the allocation. Refer
to the Parts Catalog.
rrectness of i
❑ Removing and instal‐
l purpos
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Lock Carrier, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
nform
ercia
page 3 .
m
❑ Service Position, Per‐ a

com
tion in
forming and Resetting.
r
te o
Refer to
thi
s
iva
⇒ “1.3 Service Position,

do
r
rp
Performing and Reset‐

um
fo
ting”, page 7 .
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
2 - Carrier Piece t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Left op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
3 - Bolt
AG.
❑ 8.0 Nm
❑ Quantity: 1 on each side
4 - Bolt
❑ 8.0 Nm
5 - Air Guide
❑ Left
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. For allocation.
Refer to the Parts Cata‐
log.
6 - Support, Lock Carrier
7 - Bolt
❑ 12 Nm
1. Lock Carrier 1
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
8 - Center Guide
9 - Bolt
❑ 8.0 Nm
❑ 3 or 4 depending on the model
10 - Bumper Carrier
11 - Bolt
❑ 8.0 Nm
12 - Bolt
❑ 55 Nm
13 - Foam Piece
❑ For the allocation. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
14 - Bolt
❑ 12 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
15 - Adjustable Air Guide agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ For the allocation. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
db
y Vo gu
a
e ran
ris tee
16 - Air Guide tho or
au ac
❑ Right ss
ce
le
un
❑ There are different versions. For allocation. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
17 - Carrier Piece
rm
ab
pe
ility
❑ Right
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.1.2 Overview - Lock Carrier
1 - Lock Carrier with Attach‐

ments
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Lock Carrier, Re‐
page 3 .
❑ Service Position, Per‐
forming and Resetting.
Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Service Position,
Performing and Reset‐
ting”, page 7 . n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es n
2 - Carrier Pieceby Volk ot g
ua
ed ran
❑ Left and
ho
ris right tee
t or
au ac
3 - Air Guide
ss
ce
e
❑ Left and right

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
4 - Support, Lock Carrier
erm
ab
ility
ot p
5 - Hex Nut
wit
, is n
❑ 12 Nm
h re
hole
❑ Quantity: 2 spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
6 - Center Guide
7 - Bolt
rrectness of i
❑ 8.0 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
l purpos
8 - Bumper Carrier
nform
ercia
9 - Bolt
m
at
❑ 55 Nm
om
ion
c

in t
or
his
ate
10 - Foam Piece
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
1.2 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
⇒ “1.2.1 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing, Gasoline/Diesel”,
by c lksw
cted agen
page 4
Prote AG.
⇒ “1.2.2 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing - e-Golf”,

page 5
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Guide Pins - T10093-
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
1. Lock Carrier 3
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.2.1 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing, Gasoline/Diesel
Note
♦ The lock carrier is a safety-relevant component. For this reason the lock carrier can only be serviced in the
specified positions.
♦ Replace the lock carrier if it is damaged.
♦ For vehicles with the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- for each removal and installation or,
replacing of the lock carrier the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- must be newly aligned.
♦ For notes and work procedures for the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- . Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Adaptive Cruise Control .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
Removing
te
sd
iva
o
r
– Only perform the service position with Guide Pins - T10093- .

rp
cu
o
Refer to
f
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ “1.3 Service Position, Performing and Resetting”,
Co
op py
page 7 . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Together with a second technician, remove the Guide Pins -
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
T10093- on the left and right longitudinal member. Support the Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ua ➤
d ran
ir se
tho Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015tee o
au ra
c
ss
lock carrier with the attachments -1-. For example on the Scis‐
ce
le
un
pt
sor Lift Table - VAS6131 A- .
an
d
itte
y li
rm
– Remove the bumper carrier and support. Refer to
ab
pe
ility
⇒ “1.1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier”, page 1 .
ot
wit
, is n
– Loosen the radiator from the lock carrier -arrow a-, but do not
h re
hole
remove. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and
spec
Ignition; Rep. Gr. 19 ; Radiator/Radiator Fan .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Pry up the condenser -3- from the radiator -2- -arrow b- and
pivot slightly out of the lock carrier -arrow c-, but do not re‐
move.
rrectness of i
– Remove the lock carrier -1- between the radiator and con‐
l purpos
denser upward -d arrows-.
nform
Note
mercia
a
com
tion in
♦ Never hang the condenser and the hydraulic fluid cooler on the lines.
r
te o
thi
s
iva
♦ Lines for condenser and hydraulics must not be kinked.
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
Installing
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ Always install the lock carrier on the attaching point in as far

forward as possible in the oblong hole. Only then can the lock
carrier slide in the event of a crash.
♦ For vehicles with the Distance Regulation Control Module -
J428- for each loosening, removal and installation or, replac‐
ing of the lock carrier the Distance Regulation Control Module
- J428- must be newly aligned.
♦ For notes and work procedures for the Distance Regulation
Control Module - J428- . Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.
Gr. 27 ; Adaptive Cruise Control .
Tightening Specifications
♦ Lock Carrier. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier”, page 1 .
1.2.2 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing - e-Golf
Note
♦ The lock carrier is a safety-relevant component. For this reason the lock carrier can only be serviced in the
specified positions.
1. Lock Carrier 5
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Removing rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Only perform the service position with Guide Pins - T10093- . cted agen
Prote AG.
Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Service Position, Performing and Resetting”,
page 7 .
– Disconnect any connectors.
– Drain the coolant and disconnect the coolant lines. Refer to ⇒
Rep. Gr. 19 ; Coolant System/Coolant; Coolant, Draining and
Filling .
– Disconnect the refrigerant lines for the condenser. Refer to ⇒
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Re‐
frigerant Circuit; Condenser, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the bolt and the special tool Guide Pins - T10093- .
– Together with a second technician, remove the Guide Pins -
T10093- on the left and right longitudinal member.
– Pry out the lock carrier with the attachments -1-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
WARNING
Do not start the engine whenever the A/C system or coolant

lines are disconnected.
Note
♦ Never hang the condenser and the hydraulic fluid cooler on the lines.
♦ Lines for condenser and hydraulics must not be kinked.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Note ed b ara
nte
ris
ho eo
ut ra
♦ Always install the slock
s a carrier on the attaching point in as far c
forward as possible in the oblong hole. Only then can the lock
ce
le
un
pt
carrier slide in the event of a crash.
an
d
itte
y li
♦ For vehicles with the Distance Regulation Control Module -
rm
ab
pe
ility
J428- for each loosening, removal and installation or, replac‐
ot
ing of the lock carrier the Distance Regulation Control Module
wit
, is n
h re
- J428- must be newly aligned.
hole
spec
♦ For notes and work procedures for the Distance Regulation
es, in part or in w
Control Module - J428- . Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.
t to the co
Gr. 27 ; Adaptive Cruise Control .
Tightening Specifications rrectness of i

l purpos
♦ Lock Carrier. Refer to

nform
ercia
1.3 Service Position, Performing and Reset‐

m
ting
com
tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
♦ Adapters For Service Position - T10467-

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Service Position, Implementing
Note
♦ The lock carrier is a safety-relevant component. For this reason it cannot be serviced.
1. Lock Carrier 7
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to

hole
spec
⇒ “1.4 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 248 .

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the headlamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;

Rep. Gr. 94 ; Headlamp; Headlamp, Removing and Installing .
rrectness of i
– Remove the cable from the trunk lid actuation bracket. Refer
to
l purpos
⇒ “1.12 Release Cable, Removing and Installing”,

page 50 .
nform
ercia
– Disengage the washer fluid reservoir filler tube from the sup‐
port -2-. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ;
m
a
com
Windshield Washer System; Windshield Washer Fluid Reser‐

ion in
voir, Removing and Installing .

r
te o
thi
s
iva
– Remove only one bolt -3- from the left and right longitudinal
do
r
rp
members.
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
– Install a Guide Pins - T10093- into the holes in the left and right
Co
op py
longitudinal member where the bolts were. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Remove the remaining bolts -3- in the left and right longitudinal
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
members. Prote AG.
– Pull the lock carrier and attachments -1- forward approximate‐

ly 10 cm on the Guide Pins - T10093- . Be careful of the wires
on the lock carrier. Disconnect the connectors if necessary.

Golf 2013
AG. Volkswa➤
ge,n e-Golf
AG do 2014 ➤
agen
olksw Body Exterior - Edition es05.2015
not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
– Install the Adapters For Service Position - T10467- (two
ut
hor
on eo
each side) on the left and right side between the bumper
ss a car‐ ra
c
rier and the longitudinal member.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Service Position, Resetting
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the Adapters For Service Position - T10467- on the

left and right side between the bumper carrier and longitudinal
member.
– Push the lock carrier and its attachments -1- onto the Guide
Pins - T10093- on the longitudinal member.
– Install the left and right bolts -3-.
– Remove the left and right Guide Pins - T10093- .
– Align the lock carrier and its attachments -1- on the longitudinal
members and between the fenders. Refer to ⇒ Body Repair;
Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions .
1. Lock Carrier 9
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
♦ Always install the lock carrier on the attaching point in as far forward as possible in the oblong hole. Only
then can the lock carrier slide in the event of a crash.
♦ For vehicles with the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- for each loosening, removal and instal‐
lation or, replacing of the lock carrier the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- must be newly aligned.
Continue to install in the reverse of removal. Note the following:
Note
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
♦ Make sure the charge air cooler pressure hoses are ksecure
swa does
not
Vol gu
by ara
♦ Hoses and lines must not be pinched. oris
ed nte
eo
th
au ra
c
ss
– Adjust the headlamp. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.
ce
e
nl
Gr. 94 ; Headlamp; Headlamp, Adjusting .
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
1.4 Lock Carrier, Servicing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “1.4.1 Left Headlamp Mount”, page 10
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “1.4.2 Right Headlamp Mount”, page 12
t to the co
1.4.1 Left Headlamp Mount
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
The line -2- shows a possible crack.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Cut or saw the headlamp mount -4- flat off the lock carrier
-1-.
– Place the rivets -5-.
– Install the new bracket -6- with spring nut -7-.
– Tighten the bolt -8-.
Component Tightening specification
Bolt 5 Nm
1. Lock Carrier 11
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.4.2 Right Headlamp Mount
Note
The line -3- shows a possible crack.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Cut or saw the headlamp mount -2- flat off the lock carrier
-1-.
– Install the new bracket -4- with spring nut -6-.
– Place the blind rivet -5-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2 Fender
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Fender”, page 13
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Deformation Element”, page 14
⇒ “2.3 Fender, Removing and Installing”, page 14
⇒ “2.4 Fender Brace, Removing and Installing”, page 17
2.1 Overview - Fender

Note
The illustration shows the left side. The right side is identical.
1 - Fender
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Fender, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
14 . AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
2 - Bolt olksw not
V gu
d by ara
❑ 6.0 Nm orise nte
eo
h
ut
❑ A-pillar, quantity: 2 ss a ra
c
ce
le
3 - Bolt
un
pt
an
d
itte
❑ 6.0 Nm
y li
rm
ab
❑ Sill panel, quantity: 2
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
4 - Noise Insulation
h re
hole
❑ Installed between the
spec
fender and A-pillar
es, in part or in w
t to the co
5 - Fender Noise Insulation
❑ Inserted between the
rrectness of i
fender and the wheel
housing longitudinal
l purpos
member
6 - Hex Nut nform
ercia
❑ 2.0 Nm
m
❑ Quantity: 2
com
tion in
r
7 - Guide
te o
thi
s
iva
❑ Removing:
do
r
rp
cum
❑ Remove the front bump‐

fo
en
ng
er cover. Refer to
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “1.4 Bumper Cover,
C py
t. rig
gh
Removing and Instal‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
ling”, page 248 .
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ Remove the hex nut
AG.
-6-.
8 - Double Bolt
❑ 6.0 Nm
❑ Quantity 2; fender brace
2. Fender 13
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
9 - Fender Brace
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.4 Fender Brace, Removing and Installing”, page 17 .
10 - Bolt
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ 6.0 Nm ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
❑ Fender connecting piece, quantity: 3 ed by gu
ara
ris nte
o
11 - Deformation Element aut
h eo
ra
s c
❑ Front and rear. Refer to ⇒ “2.2 Overview - Deformation Element”, page 14 . s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
2.2 Overview - Deformation Element
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
1 - Front Deformation Element hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2 - Bolt
❑ 6.0 Nm
rrectness of i
3 - Rear Deformation Element
l purpos
4 - Bolt
❑ 6.0 Nm
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.3 Fender, Removing and Installing

♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm - VAG1783-

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015
olksw not
V gu
by ara
ed
Removing
ho
ris nte
eo
t
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
Note
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
The following describes removing and installing the left fender. Removing and installing the right fender is
ility
ot p
identical.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the front wheel housing liner. Refer to

⇒ “7.3 Front Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing”,
page 382 .
– Remove the left plenum chamber cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Plenum Chamber Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 22 .
– Remove the drip rail. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Drip Rail, Removing and Installing”, page 336 .
– Remove the hex nut -4- and guide -5-.
2. Fender 15
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Fender noise insulation. Refer to -item 5-

⇒ Item 5 (page 13) .
– Remove the brace noise insulation. Refer to -item 4-
– Remove the double bolt -6-.
– Remove the bolts -2- and -3-.
– Remove the fender -1-.
Note
The Zinc Spacer - AKL 381 035 50- -7- (if present) will be damaged during the removal.
Installing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
Note o
ir se tee
th or
au ac
ss
Install the fender -1- so that it is free of tension.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– With the fender brace loosened align the fender free of ten‐
sion. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Fender Brace, Removing and Installing”, page 17 .
– Insert Zinc Spacer - AKL 381 035 50- -7- between the fender
and the sill panel.
– Pay attention to the parallel alignment and the gap dimen‐
G. Volkswagen AG d
sions. Refer to ⇒
kswBody
agen ARepair; Rep. Gr.oe00
s no ; Body Gap
Dimensionsby.Vol t gu
a
d ran
ise
Tightening
ut
ho Specifications
r tee
or
a ac
ss
2.4 Fender Brace, Removing and Installing
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The following describes removing and installing the left fender brace. Removing and installing the right fender
brace is identical.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Fender 17
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Removing
– Remove the guide from the front bumper cover. Refer to
-item 7- ⇒ Item 7 (page 13) .
– Remove the double bolt. Refer to -item 8-
n AG. Volkswagen A
– Remove the bolts o-2-
lkswand the fender brace -1-.
age G do
es n
o
yV t gu
Installing db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
ut
Install in reverse
ss
a order of removal. Note the following: ra
c
ce
le
– Align the fender brace and the fender to the hood and bumper.
un
pt
an
Refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions .
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Component Tightening Specifica‐
h re
ole,
tions
spec
Fender Brace 6.0 Nm
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3 Bulkhead
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Bulkhead”, page 19 olkswage es n
ot g
V
by ua
⇒ “3.2 Overview - Plenum Chamberris Cover”, page 20
ed ran
tee
tho or
⇒ “3.3 Bulkhead, Removing and
ss
au Installing”, page 20 ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
page 22
itte
y li
erm
ab
3.1 Overview - Bulkhead
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
1 - Bulkhead
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Bulkhead, Re‐
rrectness of i
page 20 .
l purpos
2 - Hex Nut
❑ 8.0 Nm
nform
ercia
❑ Quantity: 2
m
at
om
3 - Seal, Bulkhead
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Bulkhead 19
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3.2 Overview - Plenum Chamber Cover
1 - Plenum Chamber Cover

❑ Right side
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Plenum Chamber
Cover, Removing and
Installing”, page 22 .
❑ Left side
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Plenum Chamber
Cover, Removing and
3 - Clip agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
❑ Quantity: 3 d byV gu
ara
ise nte
r
4 - Seal ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
5 - Retainer
ce
le
un
pt
❑ Part of the windshield
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
6 - Windshield
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
3.3 Bulkhead, Removing and Installing

iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm - VAG1783- . C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
Removing
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove the plenum chamber cover. Refer to t. C rig
gh ht
⇒ “3.2 Overview - Plenum Chamber Cover”, page 20 . pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Remove the hex nut -2- and bulkhead -1-. Prote AG.
Installing
Hex nut. Refer to -item 2- ⇒ Item 2 (page 19)
3. Bulkhead 21
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3.4 Plenum Chamber Cover, Removing and Installing

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Note orise nte
eo
th
au ra
s c
Removing and installing the plenum chamber cover may slightly differ depending on the model.
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the wiper arms. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;

Rep. Gr. 92 ; Windshield Wiper System; Windshield Wiper
Arms, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the seal -4- from the plenum chamber covers -1- and
-2-.
Caution
The windshield -6- could break. The plenum chamber cover

must not be pried off using a levering tool (screwdriver, wedge).
The windshield will be damaged and could crack later.
– Unclip the clamp -3- (quantity 3).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Volksw
oes
not Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
by gu
ise d ara
nte Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015
o r eo
h
ut ra
– Starting
ss a
in the center remove the plenum chamber coversc
-2- upward out of the binding profile -5-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Remove the plenum chamber covers -2- toward the front from
itte
y li
rm
the fender.
ab
pe
ility
ot
– Then starting in the center remove the plenum chamber cov‐
wit
, is n
ers -1- upward out of the binding profile -5-.
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the plenum chamber covers -1- toward the front from
es, in part or in w
the fender.
t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos
The windshield -6- could break.
nform
ercia
Using a hammer to install the plenum chamber cover into the

m
retainer on the windshield can cause the windshield to crack.
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Bulkhead 23
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
♦ New windshields have an insert in the retainer. Remove the insert before installing the plenum chamber
cover.
♦ Press the plenum chamber cover into the retainer lightly by hand. Do not strike it or press on it with a tool.
– Spray the retainer -5- with soapy water to make it easier to

install the plenum chamber covers -1- and -2-.
– Push the plenum chamber covers -1- in the fender.
– Place the plenum chamber covers -1- on the binding profile
-5-. With a light push, beginning from the outside push in the
binding profile -5-.
– Push the plenum chamber covers -2- in the fender.
– Place the plenum chamber covers -2- on the binding profile
-5-. With a light push, beginning from the outside push in the
binding profile -5-.
– Clip in the clamp -3- (quantity 3).
– Place the seal -4- on the plenum chamber covers -1- and -2-.
– Install the wiper arms. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.
Gr. 92 ; Windshield Wiper System; Windshield Wiper Arms,
Removing and Installing .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
4 Special Tools
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Special Tools 25
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
♦ Adapters For Service Position - T10467-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
55 – Hood, Lids
1 Hood
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Hood”, page 27
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Release Cable”, page 29
⇒ “1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing”, page 29
⇒ “1.4 Hood, Adjusting”, page 31
⇒ “1.5 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 36
⇒ “1.6 Hood Release Lever, Removing and Installing”,
page 41
⇒ “1.7 Catch, Removing and Installing”, page 42
⇒ “1.8 Hinges, Removing and Installing”, page 44
⇒ “1.9 Insulation, Removing and Installing”, page 46
swage es n
⇒ “1.10 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing”, page y V 49
o lk ot g
ua
b
ed ran
⇒ “1.11 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas”, page 50 thoris tee
or
au ac
⇒ “1.12 Release Cable, Removing and Installing”, page 50
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
1.1 Overview - Hood
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Hood 27
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1 - Hood
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Hood, Removing
and Installing”,
page 29 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Hood, Adjusting”,
page 31 .
2 - Adjusting Buffer
❑ Quantity: 2
AG. Volkswagen AG d
3 - Insulation agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
❑ Removing and instal‐ rise
d b ara
nte
ling. Refer to utho eo
ra
⇒ “1.9 Insulation, Re‐ ss a c
ce
le
un
pt
page 46 .
an
d
itte
y li
4 - Center Seal
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
5 - Catch
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ling. Refer to
es, in part or in w
⇒ “1.7 Catch, Removing
t to the co
and Installing”,
page 42 .
rrectness of i
6 - Bolt
❑ 12 Nm
l purpos
❑ Quantity: 2
nform
ercia
7 - Side Seal
❑ Right and left
m
a
com
tion in
8 - Hinge
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
ling. Refer to
r
rp
⇒ “1.8 Hinges, Remov‐ cum

fo
en
ng
ing and Installing”, page 44 .

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
9 - Hex Nut opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
❑ For attaching the hood

c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ 22 Nm
10 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
❑ For attaching the hinge
11 - Protective Film
❑ For the adjusting buffer
12 - Lid Latch
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 36 .
13 - Bolt
❑ 12 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
28 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.2 Overview - Release Cable
1 - Release Lever
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Hood Release
Lever, Removing and
Installing”, page w41
age.n
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ks not
Vol gu
2 - Bolt ed
by ara
nte
ris
❑ 1.5 Nm ut
ho eo
ra
sa c
❑ Quantity: 2
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
3 - Mounting Bracket
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
4 - Expanding Nut
ility
ot p
❑ Quantity: 2
wit
, is n
h re
5 - Release Cable
hole
spec
❑ From the bracket -3- to
es, in part or in w
t to the co
the coupling -7-
6 - Grommet
rrectness of i
7 - Clutch
l purpos
8 - Release Cable
❑ From the clutch -7- to nf
ercia
the hood latch -9-

orm
m
9 - Hood Latch
atio
om
n in

or c
ling. Refer to
thi
te
sd
a
⇒ “1.5 Hood Latch, Re‐

iv
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
page 36 .
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
10 - Bolt
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
❑ 12 Nm copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Quantity: 2 Prote AG.
1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing

Removing
1. Hood 29
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove the spray nozzles -4-. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐

ment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Windshield Washer System; Spray Noz‐
zles, Removing and Installing .
nf
ercia
orm
– Remove the washer fluid line -5- from the hood -1-.
m
atio
om
n in
– If equipped, remove the caps -3-.
or c
thi
te
– Loosen the left and right nuts -2- from the hinge -6- (do not
sd
iva
remove the nuts).

r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
A second technician is required for the rest of the removal pro‐

t.
yi Co
op
cedure. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the gas-filled strut. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Remove the hex nut -6- and the hood -1- from the hinges -2-.
AG.
Installing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Install the hood -1- in reverse order of removal.
Note
Route the washer fluid line -5- in one bow. If the washer fluid line is installed twisted, it will kink.
– Adjust the hood -1-. Refer to

⇒ “1.4 Hood, Adjusting”, page 31 .
1.4 Hood, Adjusting

1. Hood 31
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
♦ The vehicle must be on the ground when adjusting the hood.

♦ The left and right buffers -2- are not meant for adjusting. They stabilize or cushion the hood.
♦ The hood is properly adjusted when there is an overall even gap dimension when closed. The hood cannot
be positions too far inward or outward. The contours must align.
♦ The hood must latch without much force into the hood latch.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Remove the hood catch -1-. Refer to
c by lksw
cted agen
⇒ “1.7 Catch, Removing and Installing”, page 42 .
Prote AG.
– The height of the front of the hood can be adjusted in relation

to the fenders using the adjusting buffers -4-. Refer to
– Install and adjust the catch -1- after adjusting the hood. Refer
to ⇒ page 34

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
ut
ho Golf 2013
eo
ra ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
a
ss Body Exterior c - Edition 05.2015
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Hinges, Adjusting
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Note
spec
t to the co
Do not remove the bolts -5-. Only loosen them.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– If equipped, remove the caps -3 or 4-.

– By loosening left and right hex nuts -5- on the hood hinge -1-
the hood can be adjusted laterally -b arrows- and in height
-a arrows- between the fenders.
– By loosening left and right bolts -2- on the hood hinge -1- the
hood can be adjusted in height -c arrows- and laterally
-a arrows- between the fenders.
– Make sure the gap dimensions are even. Refer to ⇒ Body Re‐
pair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions
– Tightening specification of the hex nut -5- and the bolts -2-: 22
Nm
1. Hood 33
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– After adjusting apply corrosion protection to the hood hinge

-1-, the hex nuts -5- and the bolts -2-.
– If necessary adjust the adjusting buffers.
Adjusting the adjusting buffer:
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
– Turn the adjusting buffer -1- -arrows- to adjust.

ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Install and adjust the hood catch after adjusting the hood -2-. t. C rig
gh ht
Refer to ⇒ page 34 . pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Catch, Adjusting Prote AG.


Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Loosen the bolts -2-.

– Adjust the hood catch -1- on the hood -2- sideways inside the
oblong hole.
Hood Latch, Adjusting
♦ Gauge - Gap Adjustment - 3371-
Note
Use new bolts to adjust the hood latch.
1. Hood 35
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– If the bolts -2- are loosened, the hood latch -1- can be adjusted
from side to side -arrow a- and in height -b arrows-. Refer to
⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions .
1.5 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing

⇒ “1.5.1 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 36
1.5.1 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing

Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
– Open the hood. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Remove the release cable from the bracket. Refer to

an
itte
y li

erm
ab
page 50 .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Disconnect the connector for the hood contact switch.

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
Harness connector is secured near the right headlamp.

rrectness of i
– Remove the bolts -3- from the lock carrier and the hood latch
l purpos
-1- -arrow a-.

– Unclip the bracket -5- from the latch.
nform
ercia
– Slightly remove the bracket -5- from the latch -1- -arrow b- and
m
at
om
disengage the cable -4- -arrow c-.

on
c
in t
or
– Remove the microswitch -6- from the latch.

his
ate
do
riv
Installing
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Hood 37
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Engage the cable -4- -arrow a- and bracket -5- in the latch
-1- -arrow b-.
– Install the microswitch -6- in the latch.
– Install the hood latch -1- in the lock carrier -arrow c-.
– Install the bolts -3-.
– Connect the connector for the hood contact switch -6-.
– Install the release cable in the bracket. Refer to
page 41 .
– Adjust the hood latch. Refer to
– Before closing the hood, make sure the hood release lever and
the cable are working correctly.
1.5.2 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing,

RHD

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Volksw not
gu
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
y
rised b
Body
ara
nte Exterior - Edition 05.2015
utho eo
ra
a
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm
ss - VAG1331- c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Open the hood.

– Remove the release cable from the bracket. Refer to
page 50 .
– Disconnect the connector for the hood contact switch.
1. Hood 39
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
Harness connector is secured near the right headlamp. AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
– Remove the bolts -3- from the lock carrier and the hood ise latch
d b ara
nte
-1- -arrow a-. uthor eo
a ra
s c
– Unclip the bracket -5- from the latch. s
ce
le
un
pt
– Slightly remove the bracket -5- from the latch -1- -arrow b- and
an
d
itte
y li
disengage the cable -4- -arrow c-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove the microswitch -6- from the latch.
wit
is n
h re
Installing
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Engage the cable -5- -arrow a- and bracket -4- in the latch
-1- -arrow b-.
– Install the microswitch -6- in the latch -arrow c-.
– Install the hood latch -1- in the lock carrier -arrow d-.
– Connect the connector for the hood contact switch -6-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Install the release cable in the bracket. Refer to

page 41 .
– Adjust the hood latch. Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Before closing the hood, make sure the hood release waglever
en and oes
olks not
the cable are working correctly. d by V gu
ara
e nte
ris
Tightening Specifications utho eo
ra
a c
ss
1.6 Hood Release Lever, Removing and In‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
stalling
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Removing
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pull the hood release lever -1- and release the hood.
– Insert a small screwdriver into the gap between the hood re‐
lease lever -1- and the clip -2-.
– Pry the clip -2- out of the hood release lever -1- -arrow b- and
then remove the hood release lever from the bracket -3-
-arrow a-.
It is necessary to remove the A-pillar lower trim -4- to continue
working on the bracket -3-. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
1. Hood 41
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; A-Pillar Trim Panel, Remov‐

ing and Installing .
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
– Install the clip -2- in the hood release lever -1-.

t.
yi Co
op py
– Install the hood release lever -1- on the bracket -4-.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Before closing the hood, make sure the hood release lever and
c by lksw
cted agen
the cable are working correctly. Prote AG.
1.7 Catch, Removing and Installing

Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Open the hood -2-.

y li
erm
ab
ility
– Remove the bolts -3-.

ot p
wit
, is n
– Remove the hood catch -1- from the hood -2-.

h re
hole
spec
Installing
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Hood 43
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Install the hood catch -1- in reverse order of removal.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
– Adjust the catch ⇒ “1.4 Hood, Adjusting”, page 31 .

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
1.8 Hinges, Removing and Installing
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
The following describes removing and installing the right hinge.

Removing and installing the left hinge is identical.
Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Hood -2- Removing. Refer to

⇒ “1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing”, page 29
nform
ercia
– If equipped, remove the caps -4-.

m
at
om
io

n
c
in t
or
his
e
– Remove the hinge -1-.

at
do
priv
Installing
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Hood 45
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
Install the hinge -1- in reverse order of removal.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
– Install the hood -2-. Refer to

t
sd
va
⇒ “1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing”, page 29 .

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
1.9 Insulation, Removing and Installing
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Removing Prote
cted AG.
agen

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
– Remove the retaining clips -2- from the hood -3- with the Pry
yi Co
op py
Lever - 80 - -200- . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Remove the insulation -1- from the elongated holes -arrows-.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
1. Hood 47
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Slide the insulation -1- with the mounting tabs -arrows- into the
elongated holes.
– Lock all the clips -2- into the hood -3-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.10 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Removing
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Open and support the hood.

rrectness of i
WARNING
l purpos
Proceed carefully when re-using gas-filled strut. Do not pry the

spring clips completely out of the ball socket or they will be
nform
ercia
damaged. The gas-filled strut will jump out of the mount and
be damaged or injure the technician.
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
– Insert a small screwdriver -3- under the spring clip -4-.

at
do
priv
cum
– Lift the spring clip -4- just far enough to make it possible to
for
en
g
slide them over the ball socket -arrow a-.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Remove the gas-filled strut -1- from the ball stud -2-
t. rig
gh ht
yri
-arrow b-. p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
After removing gas-filled strut -1-, immediately slide back spring
Prote AG.
clips -4- again.
1. Hood 49
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– The gas inside the gas-filled strut wmust

agen be removed for
AG. Volkswagen AG ddis‐
oes
posing. Refer to yV
olks not
gu
⇒ “1.11 Gas-Filled Strut, iReleasing
se
d b Gas”, page 50 . ara
n r tee
ho
Installing aut or
ac
ss
– Push the gas-filled strut -1- on the ball stud -2-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Component Tightening Specifications
erm
ab
ility
Ball Stud 20 Nm
ot p
wit
is n
h re
1.11 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas
ole,
spec
– Clamp area -x- of the gas strut in the vise, area -x- = 50 mm.
t to the co
WARNING
rrectne
Protective eyewear must be worn during the cutting process.
ss
Cover the area of the saw cut with a clean rag.
o
cial p
f inform
Dispose of the oil and rag properly.
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
– Saw into the cylindrical part of gas-filled strut in the first third
thi
e
of the total cylinder length, determined starting from the edge

t
sd
iva
o
of the cover on the side with the piston rod.
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
1.12 Release Cable, Removing and Installing Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Removing cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Open the hood.

ility
ot p
– Remove the hood release lever. Refer to

wit
, is n
h re

hole
page 41 .
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the release cable -3- from the bracket -5- -arrow a-.
– Remove the release cable coupling -2- from the support -7-
-arrow e-.
rrectness of i
– Slightly remove the release cable -1- -arrow a-.

l purpos
– Open the cap of the release cable coupling -arrow b-.

nform
ercia
– Release the release cable -1- -arrow c- and remove from the
release cable coupling -2-.
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
Note
at
do
priv
cum
or
To remove and install the release cable -3- the support -7- is removed. Refer to
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Hood 51
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Installing
Note
♦ When the release cable -3- is not removed from the bracket, the release cable -1- disengages further when
installing the release cable coupling -2-.
♦ The hood then cannot be opened.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tio
– Engage the release cable -1- in the release cable coupling

n in
r
te o
-2- -arrow a-.

thi
s
iva
do
– Remove the release cable from the release cable coupling

r
rp
cum
fo
-arrow b-.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Close the release cable coupling -arrow c-. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Push the release cable -1- in the release cable coupling
p by
co Vo
by lksw
-arrow d-. Prote
cted AG.
agen
– Secure the release cable coupling -2- on the lock carrier -4-
-arrow e-.
– Install the release cable -3- in the bracket -5- -arrow a-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Install the operating lever. Refer to

page 41 .
– Before closing the hood, test the function of the control lever
and release cable.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Hood 53
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2 Rear Lid
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Lid”, page 54
⇒ “2.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing”, page 55
⇒ “2.3 Rear Lid, Adjusting”, page 57
⇒ “2.4 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 62
⇒ “2.5 Actuator, Removing and Installing”, page 64
⇒ “2.6 Hinges, Removing and Installing”, page 68
⇒ “2.8 Rear Lid Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 71
⇒ “2.9 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing”, page 73
⇒ “2.10 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas”, page 75
2.1 Overview - Rear Lid
1 - Rear Lid
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Rear Lid, Remov‐
55 .
⇒ “2.3 Rear Lid, Adjust‐
ing”, page 57 .
swage es n
2 - Lid Latch yV
olk ot g
ua
d b ran
❑ Removing and instal‐ o
ir se tee
ling. Refer to auth or
ac
⇒ “2.4 Hood Latch, Re‐ ss
ce
le

un
pt
page 62 .
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
3 - Bolts
pe
ility
ot
❑ 20 Nm
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Quantity: 2
hole
spec
4 - Hinge
es, in part or in w
❑ Left and right t to the co

ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.6 Hinges, Remov‐

l purpos

68 .
nform
ercia
5 - Adjusting Buffer
m
❑ Left and right

a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
⇒ “2.3 Rear Lid, Adjust‐

thi
s
iva
ing”, page 57 .
do
r
rp
cum
fo
6 - Ball Stud
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ 20 Nm + 45° t. Cop py
rig
❑ On the rear lid
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
7 - Gas-Filled Strut cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.9 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing”, page 73 .
❑ Releasing the gas. Refer to ⇒ “2.10 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas”, page 75 .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
8 - Ball Stud
❑ 20 Nm + 45°
❑ On side panel
9 - Hex Nut
❑ 20 Nm + 45°
❑ 1 per hinge
10 - Bolts
❑ 10 Nm
❑ 2 per hinge
11 - Seal
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.8 Rear Lid Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 71 .
12 - Hex Nut
❑ 20 Nm . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
❑ Quantity: 2 Volkswa not
g
y ua
db r
13 - Catch orise an
tee
th or
❑ Removing
ss
au
and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.7 Catch, Removing
ac and Installing”, page 70 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “2.3 Rear Lid, Adjusting”, page 57 . ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
14 - Bolts y li
erm
ab
❑ 5 Nm ility
ot p
wit
❑ Quantity: 3
, is n
h re
hole
15 - Actuator
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ The badge can be exchanged individually. Refer to

t to the co
⇒ “8.4 Rear Emblem, Removing and Installing”, page 398 .

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.5 Actuator, Removing and Installing”, page 64 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
2.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing

nform
ercia

m

at
om
ion
c
Removing
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Lid 55
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Remove the rear lid upper trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
h re
hole
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Upper Rear

spec
Lid Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the rear lid lower trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Lower Rear
Lid Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
rrectness of i
– Remove the high-mounted brake lamp. Refer to ⇒ Electrical

l purpos
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; High-Mounted Brake Lamp; High-

Mounted Brake Lamp, Removing and Installing .
nform
ercia
– Disconnect the connectors from any electrical components.

m
a
com
– Remove the electric wires with the rubber grommet -2- out of
ion in
the rear lid.

r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
Note
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
The connectors -4- for the wire -2- is located on the C-pillars. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Loosen, but do not remove, the bolts -5- on the left and right cted agen
Prote AG.
hinges.
cedure.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Remove the gas-filled strut -3-. Refer to

⇒ “2.9 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing”, page 73 .
– Remove the bolts -5- and the rear lid -1-.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the rear lid -1- with a second technician.

– Install the gas-filled strut -3-. Refer to
⇒ “2.9 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing”, page 73 .
– Guide the electric wires -2- into the rear lid and install the rub‐
ber grommet.
– Connect the connectors from any electrical components.
Install in reverse order of removal.
– Perform a function test on the unlocking components before
closing the rear lid.
– Adjust the rear lid. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Lid, Adjusting”, page 57 .
2.3 Rear Lid, Adjusting

2. Rear Lid 57
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw not
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 by Vol
gu
ara
d
rise nte
o eo
auth
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Note
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ The vehicle must be on the ground when adjusting the rear lid.
h re
hole
spec
♦ The rear lid latch -2- is bolted directly to the rear lid -1-. The latch cannot be adjusted.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ The left and right buffers -4- are not meant for adjusting. They stabilize or cushion the rear lid.
♦ The hood is properly adjusted when there is an overall even gap dimension when closed. It is not too far
rrectness of i
inward or outward and contours align. The contours line up.
l purpos
♦ Rear lid must engage in striker pin without great force.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
To adjust or control gap dimensions use the Gauge - Gap Ad‐

justment - 3371- ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimen‐
sions .
– Loosen the striker pin -5- and after applying corrosion protec‐
tion, adjust on the hinge and the adjusting buffer. Refer to
⇒ page 61 .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Loosen the left and right bolts -3- and adjust the rear lid -1- in
the oversized holes on the hinge -arrows a- and -arrows b-.
– After adjusting, apply a corrosion protection to the hinge and
bolts -3-.
– Adjust the adjusting buffer.
Adjustment Buffer, Adjusting
Note
If necessary replace the adjusting buffer. Refer to ⇒ page 60 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Loosen the clamping screw -4- until it is visible in the rubber

m
at
buffer.
om
ion
c
in t
r
– Pull the locking retainer -3- out of the adjustment buffer -1-.
o
his
ate
do
riv
– Set notched slider to dimension -a- = 12.5 mm.

p
cum
for
en
– Close the rear lid in the initial locking position using light pres‐
ng
t.
yi Co
sure over the center. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
59
Prote AG.
2. Rear Lid
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Open the rear lid again.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
– Screw in the clamping screw -1- of the adjustment buffer -2-

iv
o
r
to a depth of -a- = 20 mm.

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
– Check the adjustment.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Replacing the Adjusting Buffer gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
– Turn the buffer -1- 90° -arrow a- to remove the adjusting buffer.
rrectness of i
– Remove the buffer from the rear lid -3-.

l purpos
Installing
– Check the stop -3- for proper seating in the side panel -4-.
nf
ercia
orm
– For installation, insert the entire buffer -1- in the right bracket
m
atio
m
in the rear lid -arrow c-.

o
n in
or c
thi
– Turn the buffer -1- 90° -arrow b-.

te
sd
iva
o
r
– Adjust the adjusting buffer -1-. Refer to ⇒ page 59 .

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Catch, Adjusting
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Lid 61
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
♦ Loosen the hex nuts ir se -2- and move the striker pin -1- insideathe
d b r n
tee
oversized holes -arrow a- and -arrow b-.
tho
or
♦ Adjust the striker
a pin -1- so that the rear lid lock recess with the arotary
u
c latch engages with the center of the
ss
striker pin -1-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the rear lid lock trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Loosen the hex nuts -2-.
– Move the rear lid catch -1- into the upper position and tighten
the hex nuts -2-.
– Close the rear lid and check the adjustment.
2.4 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing

Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
If the rear lid does not open, use the emergency release inside the rear lid trim panel to open it manually. Refer
to the Owner's Manual.
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove the rear lid trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Lower Rear Lid
Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
nf
ercia
orm
– Disconnect the connector -3- from the rear lid lock -1-.
m
atio
om
n in
– Remove the bolts -2- and latch -1- from the rear lid.
or c
thi
te
Installing
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Lid 63
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Install the latch -1- in the rear lid and tighten the bolts -2-.
h re
hole
spec
– Connect the connector -3- to the rear lid latch -1-.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
2.5 Actuator, Removing and Installing

rrectness of i
⇒ “2.5.1 Actuator, Removing and Installing, without Rearview

l purpos
Camera”, page 64
⇒ “2.5.2 Actuator, Removing and Installing, with Rearview Cam‐
nform
ercia
era”, page 66
m
at
om
2.5.1 Actuator, Removing and Installing, with‐

ion
c
in t
r
out Rearview Camera

o
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Note
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The badge can be exchanged individually. Refer to


Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos
nf

ercia
orm
m
– Disconnect the connector -4- from the actuator connection

atio
m
-1-.
o
n in
or c
thi

te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Turn the actuator -1- slightly -arrow a- and remove from the
o
m
f
rear lid -arrow b-.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
It is not possible to open the rear lid using the emergency release . C rig
ht ht
if there is an electric malfunction. There is an opening in the rear
rig by
opy Vo
lid trim panel to reach the emergency release. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
2. Rear Lid 65
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
– Install the actuator -1- in the rear lid -arrow au a- and turn slightly
th or
ac
-arrow b-. ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Secure the connector -4- on the actuator.

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
2.5.2 Actuator, Removing and Installing, with

wit
, is n
h re
Rearview Camera
hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
The badge can be exchanged individually. Refer to

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
66
by lksw
cted agen
Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids Prote AG.
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
Removing py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Remove the rear lid trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Prote AG.
– Disconnect the connectors -6-.
– Turn the actuator -1- slightly -arrow a- and remove from the
rear lid -arrow b-.
– Remove the water drain hose -4- from the actuator -arrow c-.
It is not possible to open the rear lid using the emergency release
if there is an electric malfunction. There is an opening in the rear
lid trim panel to reach the emergency release.
Notes and information on the rearview Camera -7- and the trans‐
mission -2- ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 ; Rearview Camera
System .
Installing
2. Rear Lid 67
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the actuator -1- in the rear lid -arrow a- and turn slightly
-arrow b-.
– Secure the water drain hose -4- on the actuator -arrow c-.
– Secure the harness connectors -6-.
2.6 Hinges, Removing and Installing

Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lower the headliner near the hinge mount. Refer to ⇒ Body

Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Roof Trim Panels; Headliner, Removing
and Installing .
– The headliner can now be lowered far enough so that hex nut
-4- can be removed without damaging headliner.
– Loosen the hex nuts -4- and bolts -2-, do not remove.
Note
♦ The roof edge and the upper edge of the rear lid are to be taped off, to prevent paint damage.
♦ For the following work a second technician must hold the rear lid in at the bottom -arrow-.
♦ The gas-filled strut remains installed.
– Remove the hex nut -4- and bolts -2-.

– Remove the hinge -1-.
Installing
2. Rear Lid 69
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Install the hinge -1- in reverse order of removal.
nform
ercia
Note
m
at
om
ion
♦ Pay attention that the washer -3- is seated correctly.

c
in t
or
his
te
♦ Re-create the sealing procedures.

a
do
priv
cum
for
en
g
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py

ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Special tools and workshop equipment required cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Removing
hole
spec
– Remove the rear lid lock trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels .
– Remove the hex nuts -2- and remove the striker pin -1- from
the lock carrier.
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos
– Remove the striker pin -1- with the hex nuts -2- from the lock
carrier.
nform
ercia
– Adjust the catch ⇒ “2.3 Rear Lid, Adjusting”, page 57 .

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
te
2.8 Rear Lid Seal, Removing and Installing

a
do
priv
cum
for
The seal on the rear lid is equipped at the factory with a sealant,
en
ng
t.
yi
applied to body flange and then rolled on.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Lid 71
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
♦ When the seal is removed the sealant spreads on the inner

side of the seal and the sides bend up slightly. If the seal is
being installed again, the sealing performance and proper
seating are no longer guaranteed.
♦ For this reason, every seal, that has been removed complete‐
ly, must be replaced with a “hammer-stroke seal”.
♦ For partially removed seals, seal flanks must be pressed to‐
gether before installation.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
Removing
om
ion
c
in t
r
– Remove the seal -1- from the body flange -2-.

o
his
ate
do
riv
Installing
p
cum
for
en
g
– Align the seal -1- with the vulcanized point to the gas-filled strut
n
t.
yi Co
assembly -arrows-. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Press in the seal -1- by hand evenly on the body flange. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
agen oes
olksw Body
not Exterior - Edition 05.2015
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
2.9 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Instal‐ s autho eo
ra
c
ling s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Removing
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
Note , is n
h re
hole
spec
The rear lid must be supported when removing a gas-filled strut. One gas-filled strut alone cannot hold the rear
es, in part or in w
lid open.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Open the rear lid and support it.
WARNING
Proceed carefully when re-using gas-filled strut. Spring clips

must not be pried completely out of ball socket, otherwise they
will be damaged. The gas strut will jump out of the mount and
be damaged or injure the technician.
– Insert a small screwdriver -3- under the spring clips -2-.
2. Rear Lid 73
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Lift the spring clips -2- just far enough -a arrows- to make it
possible to slide them over the ball sockets.
– Remove the gas-filled strut -1- from the ball stud -4-
-b arrows-.
Slide the spring clips -2- back on immediately after removing the
gas-filled strut.
– The gas inside the gas-filled strut must be removed for dis‐
posing. Refer to
⇒ “2.10 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas”, page 75 .
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Push the ball socket -1- onto the ball stud -4- until it clicks.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.10 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas

– Clamp area -x- of the gas strut in the vise, area -x- = 50 mm.
WARNING
Wear protective eyewear when sawing.

Cover the area of the saw cut with a clean rag.
Dispose of oil and cloth via existing disposal channels.
– Using saw, cut into cylindrical part of strut at point within first
third of cylinder's length (measured from cover edge at piston
rod end of cylinder).
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Lid 75
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3 Fuel Filler Door Unit

⇒ “3.1 Overview - Fuel Filler Door Unit”, page 76
⇒ “3.2 Overview - Fuel Filler Door Unit, e-Golf”, page 77
⇒ “3.3 Fuel Filler Door Unit, Removing and Installing”,
page 77
⇒ “3.4 Fuel Filler Door Unit, Removing and Installing, e-Golf”,
page 79
⇒ “3.5 Fuel Filler Door, Removing and Installing”, page 83
⇒ “3.6 Adjusting Element, Removing and Installing”, page 84
3.1 Overview - Fuel Filler Door Unit
1 - Fuel Filler Door

Volkswagen AG
– Removing and instal‐ agen
AG. does
ksw
ling. Refer toby V ol not
gu
ara
⇒ “3.3 Fuel ris Filler Door
ed nte
Unit, Removing
tho and In‐ eo
au ra
stalling”,
ss page 77 . c
ce
e
nl
pt
2 - Fuel Filler Door Unit

du
an
itte
y li

erm
ab
ling. Refer to
ility
ot p
⇒ “3.3 Fuel Filler Door

wit
, is n
Unit, Removing and In‐

h re
hole
stalling”, page 77 .
spec
es, in part or in w
3 - Water Drain Hose

t to the co
❑ Routed between the

wheel housing and the
rrectness of i
wheel housing liner

l purpos
4 - Adjusting Element
ling. Refer to
nform
ercia
⇒ “3.6 Adjusting Ele‐

m
ment, Removing and In‐

at
om
io
n
c
in t
or
his
e
5 - Connector
at
do
priv
6 - Bolt
um
for
en
ng
❑ 1.5 Nm
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3.2 Overview - Fuel Filler Door Unit, e-Golf
1 - Fuel Filler Door

– Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
stalling, e-Golf”,
page 79 .
2 - Fuel Filler Door Unit

ling. Refer to
stalling, e-Golf”,
page 79
3 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
4 - Immediate Charging Button y Volk not
gu
- E766- risedb ara
nte
o eo
❑ Removing and aut instal‐
h
ra
ling. Refers to ⇒ Electric
s c
ce
le
Drive; Rep. Gr. 93 ;

un
Charging Socket; Im‐ pt

an
d
itte
mediate Upload Button y li

rm
E766, Removing and In‐ ab

pe
ility
ot
stalling wit
, is n
h re
5 - Bolt
hole
spec
❑ 1.5 Nm
es, in part or in w
t to the co
6 - Adjusting Element
rrectness of i
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Adjusting Ele‐
l purpos
ment, Removing and In‐

nform
mercia
a
com
tio
3.3 Fuel Filler Door Unit, Removing and In‐

n in
r
te o
thi
stalling
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Removing
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Fuel Filler Door Unit 77

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
– Remove the fuel cap.

s
iva
do
r
– Remove the bolt -3-.

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
– Remove the fuel filler door unit slightly rearward -arrow a- from
yi Co
op
the catches.
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
– Tilt the fuel filler door unit -1- out of the side panel -arrow b-. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– At the same time guide out the water drain hose -4- out of the
side panel.
Installing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Insert the water drain hose -4- through the opening in the fuel
l purpos
filler door unit -1- and then pull it all the way through.
– Push the water drain hose -4- in the side panel -arrow a-.
nf
ercia
– Pivot the fuel filler door unit -1- in the side panel -arrow b- and
rm
m
atio
pull the boot over the filler neck -2-.

om
n in
c
– Push the fuel filler door unit completely in the side panel
or
thi
e
-arrow c-.
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
3.4 Fuel Filler Door Unit, Removing and In‐
Cop py
t. rig
gh
stalling, e-Golf
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Removing
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
– Remove the wheel housing liner. Refer to

f
en
ng
⇒ “7.4 Rear Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing”,

t.
yi Co
op
page 384 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Disconnect the connector -2- for the switch -3-. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c

i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
– Remove the fuel filler door unit slightly rearward -arrow a- from
iv
o
pr
the catches.
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
– Tilt the fuel filler door unit -1- out of the side panel -arrow b-.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Installing rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Push the switch wire in the side panel and connect.
t to the co
– Pivot the fuel filler door unit -1- in the side panel -arrow b-.
rrectness of i
– Push the fuel filler door unit completely in the side panel
-arrow a-.
l purpos
– Tighten the bolt.

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3.5 Fuel Filler Door, Removing and Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Push the fuel filler door -1- from the fuel filler door unit -2-
catches -arrows-.
– Remove the fuel filler door.
Installing
– Place the fuel filler door -1- on the fuel filler door unit -2-.
– Push the fuel filler door in the fuel filler door unit catches.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3.6 Adjusting Element, Removing and Installing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
Removing
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the fuel filler door unit. Refer to C py
t. rig
⇒ “3.3 Fuel Filler Door Unit, Removing and Installing”,
gh ht
pyri by
page 77 .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– To reach the connector remove the right luggage compart‐
ment side trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Luggage Compartment
Side Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Disconnect the connector -4-.
– Pull the adjusting element -1- from the side panel -arrow a-.
Installing
– Assemble the connector -4-.
– Install the grommet -3- in the side panel.
– Push the adjusting element -1- in the side panel -arrow b-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
4 Special Tools
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm
lksw - VAG1331-
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Special Tools 85
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
57 – Front Doors, Central Locking System

1 Door
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Door”, page 86
⇒ “1.2 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 89
⇒ “1.3 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 92
⇒ “1.4 Door, Removing and Installing”, page 93
⇒ “1.5 Door, Adjusting”, page 96
⇒ “1.6 Catch, Adjusting”, page 98
⇒ “1.7 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing”, page 100
1.1 Overview - Door
Note
♦ The illustration shows the left side. The right side is identical.
♦ After replacing the A-pillar the bolts -2 and 5- as well as -14 and 17- are to be tightened to another tightening
specification.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
86 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1 - Front Door
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Door, Removing
and Installing”,
page 93 .
⇒ “1.5 Door, Adjusting”,
page 96 .
2 - Bolt agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ 50 Nm d by Vo gu
ara
❑ Loosening one time to rise nte
tho eo
adjust the door is per‐ s au ra
c
missible, after further s
ce
e
nl
loosening replace.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ After replacing the A-pillar, the
h re
other tightening specification
hole
spec
must be observed.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Tightening specification after re‐
placing the A-pillars: 20 Nm +
90°
rrectness of i
3 - Door Hinge
l purpos
❑ Hinge is divided The up‐

per and lower section
nf
ercia
o
can be replaced sepa‐
rm
m
rately if necessary.
atio
om
❑ A bolt -8- attaches the
n in
or c
lower section to the up‐
thi
te
sd
a
per section.
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
4 - Cap
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ For the bolt -8- t. Cop py
rig
❑ Is not installed in all markets.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
5 - Bolt cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ 50 Nm
❑ Installed from the inside of the vehicle
❑ Loosening one time to adjust the door is permissible, after further loosening replace.
❑ The instrument panel is not removed for loosening and tightening.
❑ The instrument panel must be removed. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel;
Instrument Panel, Removing and Installing .
Note

must be observed.
90°
6 - Cap
❑ For bolts -7 and 16-
❑ Is not installed in all markets.
1. Door 87
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
7 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm
8 - Bolt
❑ 23 Nm
❑ Attaches the upper section -3- to the lower section -6-
9 - Door Hinge
❑ The hinge has two sections. The upper and lower section can be replaced separately if necessary.
❑ A bolt -5- attaches the upper section to the lower section.
10 - Bolt
❑ 30 Nm
11 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
12 - Door Arrester
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.7 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing”, page 100 .
13 - Door Hinge . Volkswagen AG
gen AG
❑ The hinge has two sections. The upper ol swa lower section can d
kand
o
beesreplaced
not separately if necessary.
byV gu
ara
❑ A bolt -8- attaches the lower section
ris
ed
to the upper section. nte
ho eo
ut
14 - Bolt ss
a ra
c
❑ 50 Nm
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
❑ It is necessary to remove the A-pillar lower trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger
wit
, is n
Compartment Trim; A-Pillar Gap Cover, Removing and Installing .

h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note t to the co

rrectness of i
must be observed.
l purpos

90°
nform
mercia
15 - Door Hinge
com
tion in
❑ The hinge has two sections. The upper and lower section can be replaced separately if necessary.
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
16 - Bolt
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ 50 Nm
Co
Cop py
. rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
lksw
17 - Bolt
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ 50 Nm
Note

must be observed.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤

90°
1.2 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Instal‐

ling
The inner door seals are equipped at the factory with sealant,
applied to the door flange and then rolled on.
Note
♦ The sealant on the inside will spread when the seal is re‐
moved. The sides will bend up slightly. If the seal is being
installed again, the sealing performance and proper seating
are no longer guaranteed.
♦ For this reason, every seal that has been removed completely
must be replaced with a “hammer-stroke seal”.
♦ Removing and installing is described only for the left inner door
seal. The right side is identical.
♦ The front door is not shown.
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Door 89
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove the sill panel strip. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; Sill Panel Strip, Removing

t to the co
and Installing .
– It is necessary to remove the necessary pillar trim in order to
rrectne
remove the inner door seal. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; Component Location
Overview - Passenger Compartment Trim .
ss o
cial p
– Remove the inner door seal -1- from the flange -2-.
inform
mer
Installing
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
– Install the inner door seal -1- starting at the top of the door
opening -arrow-.
ss o
cial p
– Align the vulcanized point -3- on top of the lower hinge.

f inform
mer
– Install the pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;

atio
Passenger Compartment Trim .

om
n
c
– Install the sill panel strip. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
and Installing .
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Door 91
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.3 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Instal‐

ling
⇒ “1.3.1 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing, 4-Door Vehi‐
cle”, page 92
⇒ “1.3.2 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing, 2-Door Vehi‐
cle”, page 93
1.3.1 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing, 4-Door Vehicle
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos
– Remove the door seal -1- and clips -3- from the door -2-.
nform
ercia
Installing
m
at
om
– Check the clips -3- for damage and if necessary replace.

ion
c
in t
or
– Press in the door seal -1- with the clips -3- on the door -2-.
his
ate
do
riv
The clips -2- must be pushed in until it stop.

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
d by
V gu
ara Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
e nte
horis
eo Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015
aut ra
ss c
1.3.2 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing, 2-Door Vehicle
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the door seal -1- and clips -3- from the door -2-.
Installing
– Check the clips -3- for damage and if necessary replace.
– Press in the door seal -1- with the clips -3- on the door -2-.
The clips -2- must be pushed in until it stop.
1.4 Door, Removing and Installing

♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting - 3320-
♦ Joint for 3320 Tool - 3320/1-
♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting - Box Wrench - 3320/2-
♦ Cylinder Head Bolt Socket - 3410-
1. Door 93
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤

♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
Note
The following describes removing and installing the left front door
only. Removing and installing the right front door is identical.
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
– Push the Wedge Set - T10383/1- between the boot -3- and the
yi Co
op py
locking mechanism -arrow a-. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Push the locking mechanism -2- with the Wedge Set -
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
T10383/1- upward -arrow b- and disconnect the connector
agen
Prote AG.
-3- from the connector station -arrow c-.
– Loosen the bolts -7- on the hinges.
– Remove the bolt -4- from the door strap -5-.
– Push the door arrester -6- inward -arrow d-.
– Lift the front door -1- with the hinges -6- upward -arrow f- out
of the hinges -7-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Install in reverse order of removal. While doing so pay attention

l purpos
to the following:
nform
ercia
Caution
m
at
om
ion
The door strap bracket must be folded in toward the inside of

c
in t
or
the vehicle (to prevent damaging the paint) before installing the
his
ate
front door.
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Note pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The hinge arms must be flush with each other after installing the front door.
– Adjust the front door -1-. Refer to

⇒ “1.5 Door, Adjusting”, page 96 .
– Pay attention the gap dimensions for the front door -1-. Refer
to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions .
1. Door 95
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Tightening Specifications rise nte
tho eo
au ra
Door arrester and hinge. Refer to ss c
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Door”, page 86 .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
1.5 Door, Adjusting
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Joint for 3320 Tool - 3320/1-
t to the co
rrectne
ss
o
cial p
f in
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
Note
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
♦ The adjustment is only for the left front door. The right front door adjustment is similar.
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ The vehicle must be standing on its wheels in order to adjust the door.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
♦ The front door is properly adjusted when there is an overall even gap dimension when closed. It is not too
c by lksw
cted agen
far inward or outward and contours align. The contours line up. Prote AG.
♦ Checking the gap dimensions. Refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions .
♦ Apply corrosion protection to the hinges and bolts after assembling or adjusting.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
byV
o
Body
ot g
uara Exterior - Edition 05.2015
ed nte
oris eo
uth ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Adjusting the Gap Dimensions

For correct gap dimension adjustment, screws -2-, -3-, -6-, and
-7- at the A-pillar must be loosened.
– For the bolt -3- loosen and lower the driver side fuse box. Refer
to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Relay Carriers, Fuse
Panels and E-Boxes; Relay and Fuse Panels Behind Instru‐
ment Panel, Removing and Installing .
– For the screw -3-, the glove compartment on the front pas‐
senger side must be removed. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; Glove Compart‐
ment, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the A-pillar lower trim to access the bolt -6-. Refer to
⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim;
A-Pillar Gap Cover, Removing and Installing .
Flush Adjustment
The bolts-5- and -9- must be loosened in order to correctly adjust
the flush dimension.
For this, the Wrench - Door Adjusting - 3320- with the bit insert
must be used.
1. Door 97
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
Other measures, such as aligning the door upward, are not effective. Pressure later will cause the front door
to sag again.
Adjust the catch. Refer to ⇒ “1.6 Catch, Adjusting”, page 98 .
Note
After replacing the A-pillar, the other tightening specification must be observed. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Door”, page 86 .
Hinges. Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Door”, page 86 .
1.6 Catch, Adjusting

♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
Note ss
au ac
ce
le
un
pt
♦ The threaded plate -1- of the striker pin in the column is secured differently than previously.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
♦ The arch outside the threaded plate is welded to the column. The bars to the threaded plate are deformable.
ab
pe
ility
ot
♦ More force is needed to move the striker pin -2- when the bolts -3- are loose.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
Note
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
♦ The adjustment is only for the left front door. The right front door adjustment is similar.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
♦ When closing, the front door must latch completely without having to press it and it must not have any play.
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
♦ The door must not be pushed up or down when adjusting the striker pin.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
With the striker pin the alignment of the front door to the side panel
or to the rear door can be adjusted -arrow a- and -arrow b- (wind
noise).
– Loosen the bolts -3- on the B-pillar and loosen the striker pin
-2-.
Note
More force is needed to move the striker pin -2- when the bolts -3- are loose.
– Tighten the bolts -3- on the striker pin -2-.
1. Door 99
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
tions
Catch 20 Nm
1.7 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut ra
Note ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
The following describes removing and installing the door arrester.
an
itte
y li
The right side is identical.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Removing
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;

Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Door Trim Panel,

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Remove the self-adhesive cover, or front speaker. Refer to ⇒

Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 ; Sound System; Component
Location Overview - Sound Systems .
– Remove the bolt -2- from the A-pillar.
– Remove the bolts -3- and door arrester -1- through the speaker
opening -arrow a-.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Door Arrester. Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Door”, page 86 .
1. Door 101
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Golf 2013 a➤
ut , e-Golf 2014 ➤ ra
c
s
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
2 Door Components
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Door Components”, page 102
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Window Regulator”, page 104
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “2.3 Overview - Door Handle and Door Lock”, page 105
t to the co
⇒ “2.4 Left and Right Window Regulator Motor V14 / V15 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 106
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.5 Window Regulator, Removing and Installing”, page 108
l purpos
⇒ “2.6 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 111
nform
ercia

m
at
⇒ “2.8 Cap, Removing and Installing, for the Lock Cylinder”, page
om
io
113
n
c
in t
or
his
e
⇒ “2.9 Cap, Removing and Installing, without the Lock Cylinder”,

at
do
riv
page 115
p
cum
for
en
g
⇒ “2.10 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 119

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
⇒ “2.11 Door Handle, Removing and Installing”, page 121
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
⇒ “2.12 Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 123 by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “2.13 Door Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 126
⇒ “2.14 Window Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 130
⇒ “2.15 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page
133
⇒ “2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page
135
2.1 Overview - Door Components
Note

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1 - Front Door
ling. Refer to
and Installing”,
page 93 .
page 96 .
2 - Sticker
❑ Diameter 28 mm AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
❑ Use electrical tape if by Vol not
gu
ara
needed rise
d
nte
tho eo
3 - Insulation ss au ra
c
❑ Self-adhesive
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
❑ Installing:
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Cut to size if necessary,
ility
ot p
200 mm x 100 mm. Po‐
wit
, is n
sition as shown in the il‐
h re
hole
lustration.
spec
es, in part or in w
– Warm using the Wiring
t to the co
Harness Repair Set -
Hot Air Blower -
VAS1978/14A- and
rrectness of i
then press firmly onto
l purpos
the outer door panel.
4 - Door Inner Cover
nform
ercia

m
ling. Refer to
at
om
io
⇒ “2.6 Door Inner Cover,
n
c
in t
r

o
his
te
ling”, page 111 .

a
do
priv
cum
or
5 - Outer Door Seal

f
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ For 4 door
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.3 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 92 . opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c lksw
6 - Outer Door Seal
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ For 2 door
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.3 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 92 .
7 - Sticker
❑ Diameter 32 mm
❑ Use electrical tape if needed
8 - Insulation
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Installing:
– Cut to size if necessary, 250 mm x 160 mm. Position as shown in the illustration.
– Warm using the Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A- and then press firmly onto
the outer door panel.
9 - Sticker
❑ Diameter 19 mm
2. Door Components 103

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ ut ho eo
ra
a
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
10 - Inner Window Shaft Strip
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
ility
ot p
⇒ “2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 135 .
wit
, is n
h re
11 - Outer Window Shaft Strip
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “2.15 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 133 .
t to the co
12 - Window Guide
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.14 Window Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 130 .
rrectness of i
13 - Sticker
l purpos
❑ Quantity 3 for 4-door

❑ Quantity 4 for 2-door
nform
ercia
❑ 15 mm x 50 mm
m
at
om
i
on
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
c
2.2 Overview - Window Regulator
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
1 - Front Door
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
2 - Hex Nut cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ 6 Nm
❑ Quantity: 5
3 - Window Regulator
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Window Regula‐
tor, Removing and In‐
4 - Bolt
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
5 - Left and Right Window Reg‐
ulator Motor - V14/V15-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Left and Right
Window Regulator Mo‐
tor V14 / V15 , Remov‐
106 .
6 - Clip

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AGBody
. VolksExterior
wagen AG - Edition 05.2015
agen does
olksw not
V gu
2.3 Overview - Door Handle and Door Lock
y
edb ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
Note
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
1 - Door Lock
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.13 Door Lock, Re‐
rrectness of i
page 126 . l purpos
2 - Bolt
❑ 3 Nm
nform
ercia
❑ For lock cylinder.

m
a
3 - Bracket
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
ling. Refer to
s
iva
do
⇒ “2.12 Bracket, Re‐
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
page 123 .
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
4 - Install the Lock Cylinder
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
ling. Refer to
agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “2.10 Lock Cylinder,
ling”, page 119 .
❑ Is only installed on the
driver door.
5 - Backing Plate
6 - Cap
❑ For the lock cylinder, re‐
moving and installing.
Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Cap, Removing
and Installing, for the
Lock Cylinder”,
page 113 .
❑ Without lock cylinder,
removing and installing
and Installing, without the Lock Cylinder”, page 115 .
7 - Door Handle
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.11 Door Handle, Removing and Installing”, page 121 .
8 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Mounting bracket is disengaged from door by loosening this bolt.
9 - Cable
❑ From the door lock -1- to the bracket -3-
10 - Cable
❑ From the interior door mechanism to the door lock -1-
❑ With a grommet on the cover

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
11 - Bolt
❑ 18 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
12 - Cap
2.4 Left and Right Window Regulator Motor

-V14- / -V15- , Removing and Installing
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Special tools and workshop equipment
Vol
krequired
swa not
by gu
d ara
♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nmoris - VAG1783-
e nte
h eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
Note
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
♦ The following describes removing and installing the left power
erm
ab
ility
window motor. The removal and installation of the right power
ot p
window motor is identical.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
♦ The Driver and Front Passenger Door Control Module - J386/
spec
J387- -4- is separated from the Left and Right Window Regu‐
t to the co
lator Motor - V14/V15- -1-.
♦ The Driver and Front Passenger Door Control Module - J386/
J387- are clipped in the door.
rrectne
Removing
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m
atio
– Secure the door window with adhesive tape to prevent it from
om
falling down.
n in
or c
thi
e
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment. Remove the
t
sd
iva
key.
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Remove the bolts -2- (quantity: 3). ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
– Remove the power window motor -1- from the cable reel by c lksw
cted agen
mount.
Prote AG.
Installing
WARNING
It is necessary to code the additional functions and pinch pro‐

tection each time a new window regulator motor (door control
module) is installed.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
– Install the window regulator motor -1- on the mounts in the
yi Co
op
cable reel. Gently move the door window up and down so that
C py
t. rig
gh
the splines between the window regulator motor and the cable
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
reel can mesh.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Connect the connector -3-.
– Code the new window regulator motor using the Vehicle Di‐
agnostic Tester .
– For more information regarding the one-touch up/one-touch
down and the pinch protection features. Refer to ⇒ Mainte‐
nance ; Booklet 36.1 .
2.5 Window Regulator, Removing and In‐

stalling

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
The following describes removing and installing the left window

regulator. Removing and installing right window regulator is iden‐
tical.
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the speaker. Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr.
91 ; Sound System; Component Location Overview - Sound
Systems .
– Disconnect the cable connection on the window regulator.
– Remove the door window. Refer to
⇒ “5.4 Front Door Window, Removing and Installing”,
page 302 .
– Remove the window regulator motor. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Left and Right Window Regulator Motor V14 / V15 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 106 .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Release the hooks on the cable reel -4- and slide into the door.
– Remove the hex nuts -5- and push the window regulator threa‐
ded pin in the door.
– Loosen the hex nuts -2-, but do not remove.
– Push the window regulator in the door slightly upward
-arrow a- and guide in the door -arrow b-.
Window Regulator
– Turn the window regulator -1- 90° and remove through the
opening in the door -arrow c-.
Installing agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Guide the window regulator -1- through the opening in the door
-arrow a- and bring into the installation position.
– Push the window regulator threaded pin through the inner door
panel -arrow b-.
– Push the cable reel against the door inner panel -4- until the
hooks engage audibly.
– Secure the cable to the window regulator.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Install window regulator motor. Refer to

⇒ “2.4 Left and Right Window Regulator Motor V14 / V15 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 106 .
– Install the door window. Refer to
page 302 .
n AG. Volkswagen A
2.6 Door VolkInner
swa
ge
Cover, Removing
G do
es n
ot g and Instal‐
isling
by ua
ed ran
or te eo
h
ut
Specialsstools
a and workshop equipment required ra
c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Note
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
The following describes removing and installing the left cover on‐
hole
spec
ly. The right side is identical.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤

– Pry up the cover -1- at the bottom -arrow a-.
– Remove the cover -1- forward from the door -arrow b-.
Note
It is necessary to remove the cable -3- and grommet -2- from the cover -1- to perform the following work.
Disconnect the connector (if equipped) at the grommet.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Guide the cable -3- with the grommet -2- into the cover -1-.
– Install the grommet -2- into the cover -1-.
– Install the cover -1- in the door -2- -arrow a-.
– Engage the cover -1- all around -arrow b-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
Check the edges of the cover all the way around to make sure it is installed correctly.

Note
The following describes removing and installing the right striker

pin. The right side is identical.
Removing
– Remove the bolts -2- and the catch -1-.
Installing
Note
A striker pin with a curve must be installed.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
– Place the striker pin -1- with the curve faces toward the inside
pt
an
d
itte
on the B-pillar -3-. Tighten the bolts -2-.

y li
rm
ab
pe
– Adjust the striker pin ⇒ “1.6 Catch, Adjusting”, page 98 .

ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
tions
t to the co
Catch 20 Nm
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
2.8 Cap, Removing and Installing, for the

Lock Cylinder
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
Note
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
♦ Do not turn the screwdriver to pry off the lock cylinder cap.
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ The lock cylinder and lock cylinder cap are installed on the
t. rig
gh ht
yri
driver side only.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove the door handle from the door.

t to the co
– Gently push a small screwdriver -3- -arrow a- into the opening

in the bottom of the lock cylinder cap.
rrectness of i
– Remove the lock cylinder cap -1- gently from the door
l purpos
-arrow b-.
– Push the cap off the lock cylinder.
nf
ercia
or
Installing
m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the door handle -1- from the door.
– Push the lock cylinder cap -2- gently at an angle from above
-arrow a- on the lock cylinder.
– Press in the lock cylinder cap -2- on to door -arrow b- until
cover cap engages with lock cylinder.
2.9 Cap, Removing and Installing, without

the Lock Cylinder
Note
This cap is installed where there is no lock cylinder.
Removing
♦ Lock Cylinder Housing Assembly Tool - T10389-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Golf u2013
tho ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ eo
ra
a
Body
ss Exterior - Edition 05.2015 c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the plugs -3-.

– Guide the Lock Cylinder Housing Assembly Tool - T10389-
approximately 44 mm behind the bracket locking lever -2-.
– Pull the Lock Cylinder Housing Assembly Tool - T10389- ap‐
proximately 5 mm rearward -arrow- until the hooks release.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove the door handle -1- from the door -arrow a-.
nform
ercia
– Remove the cap -1- from the mounting bracket -arrow b-.
m
a
com
tio
Installing
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
– Remove the door handle -2- from the door in

s
iva
do
r
-direction of arrow a-.

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
– Insert the cap -1- into the mounting bracket -arrow b-.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lightly push the cap -1- in the door.

– Guide a screwdriver with a flat blade -4- approximately 40 mm
until the locking lever -3- of the bracket.
– Install the cap -1- in the door.
– Push the screwdriver in approximately 5 mm -arrow-, until the
hook -3- locks.
– Secure the plug -5-.
2.10 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing

Note
♦ The following describes removing and installing a left lock cyl‐

inder. The right side is identical.
♦ There can be different covers -4, 6 or 7- installed.
Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove the lock cylinder cap. Refer to t to the co

rrectness of i
⇒ “2.8 Cap, Removing and Installing, for the Lock Cylinder”,
page 113 .
l purpos
– Pry up the covers -4 and 6- or -7-.

nform
ercia

m
a
com
– Remove the bolt -8- all the way.

ion in
r
te o
– Push in the bolt -8- with the locking mechanism -9-

thi
s
iva
-arrow a.- Then the lock cylinder will be uncovered.

do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the lock cylinder housing -1- from the bracket -3- at C py
t. rig
a right angle -arrow b- to the door.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Installing cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Install the lock cylinder housing -1- into the bracket -3- at a
right angle -arrow a-.
– Install the bolts -5 and 8- into the mounting bracket. The bolt
-8- draws the locking mechanism -9- into position -arrow b-.
Note
The lock cylinder housing must be pressed onto the outer door panel while installing.

2.11 Door Handle, Removing and Installing

Removing
Note
The following describes removing and installing the right door

handle. The left side is identical.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Notes for working on a door handle with keyless access authori‐

zation. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Access/
rrectness of i
Start Authorization .
– Depending on the version remove the lock cylinder cap (refer
l purpos
to
nform
ercia
page 113 .) and the lock cylinder (refer to

⇒ “2.10 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 119 .).
m
a
com
tio
– Or remove the cap without the lock cylinder. Refer to

n in
r
te o
⇒ “2.9 Cap, Removing and Installing, without the Lock Cylin‐

thi
s
iva
der”, page 115 .

do
r
rp
cum
fo
– Pull the door handle -1- slightly to the front -arrow a- and out
en
ng
t.
of the mount.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Move the door handle in the -direction of arrow b-. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Remove the door handle at a right angle -arrow c- from the Prote
cted AG.
agen
bracket -2-.
For vehicles with a keyless access authorization the connector is
loosened by removing the door handle.
Installing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Install the door handle -1- at a right angle -arrow a-.
For vehicles with a keyless access authorization the connector is
brought together when installing the door handle. rrectness of i
l purpos
– Install the door handle -1- in the door -arrow b-.

– Push the door handle toward front -arrow c- into the mount
nf
ercia
inside the bracket.

orm
m
atio
– Always perform a functionality test with the door open.

om
n in
or c
2.12 Bracket, Removing and Installing

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Removing byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
Note s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
The following describes removing and installing the left bracket.
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Depending on the version remove the lock cylinder cap (refer
to
page 113 .) and the lock cylinder (refer to
⇒ “2.10 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 119 .).
– Or remove the cap without the lock cylinder. Refer to
⇒ “2.9 Cap, Removing and Installing, without the Lock Cylin‐
der”, page 115 .
– Remove the door handle. Refer to
⇒ “2.11 Door Handle, Removing and Installing”, page 121 .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Remove the door inner cover. Refer to

⇒ “2.6 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 111 .
– Remove the bolt -4- and then remove the backing -1-.
– Remove the bracket -1- from the front door -arrow d-.
Loosening the cable
– Release the retainer -5- and swivel it out of the mount
-arrow a-.
– Remove the pin for the cable out of the mount -arrow b-.
– Remove the cable -2- from the bracket -1- AG. Volkc-.
gen-arrow
swagen AG
does
swa k not
Vol gu
Installing d by ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Mounting the cable

– Guide the cable -2- in the bracket -1-.
– Push the pin for the cable out of the mount -arrow b-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Pivot the bracket -5- in the mount in the bracket -arrow c- and
engage.
– Guide the bracket -1- in the front door -arrow a-.
– Install the buffer -1- and tighten the bolt -4-.
2.13 Door Lock, Removing and Installing

Note
♦ The following describes removing and installing the left door

lock. The right side is identical.
♦ The door window must be closed for the following work.
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤

page 111 .
– If equipped, disconnect the connector.
– Remove the door lock -1- from the door -arrow-.
Note
If necessary for the following work steps, loosen the cables.
Loosening the Cable for the Bracket

– Remove the cover. Refer to ⇒ page 127 .
– Turn the cable -5- 90° -arrow a- and remove it.
– Move the cable upward -arrow b- until it can be guided out of
the eye in the door lock -1- -arrow c-.
Loosening the Cable for the Interior Door Mechanism
– Turn the cable -4- 90° and remove it.
Volkswa
– Move the cable -arrow d- until itscanagebe
n AGguided
.
out of the
gen AG
doeseye
k w
in the door lock -1- -arrow e-.
by
Vol not
gu
a
ed ran
Removing Cover ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Open the hook -3- in direction of -arrow a-.

– Pull the cover -1- with the hook from the door lock -2-
-arrow b-.
– Remove the cover -1- upward -arrow c- from the door lock
-2-.
Installing

n AG. Volkswagen AGolf
G do 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
wage es n
y Volks Body Exterior
ot g - Edition 05.2015
d b ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the cables -4- and -5- to the door lock -1-.
– Install the cover. Refer to ⇒ page 129 .
– Insert the door lock -1- into the door.
– If equipped, connect the connector.
– Install the cap -3-.
Then a function test must be performed with door opened. The
door lock will not unlock if the cables are not adjusted correctly
and the door will not open.
Installing the cover

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014agen➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw
Body Exterior - Edition
by
Vol 05.2015 not
gu
ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Push the mount -1- on the bracket -3- on the door lock -2-
-arrow a-.
– Engage the catch -4- with the retainer -2- -arrow b-.
2.14 Window Guide, Removing and Installing
Note
♦ The following describes removing and installing the left win‐

dow guide. Removing and installing right window guide is
identical.
♦ Do not bend the window guide when removing it.
Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove the inner window shaft strip. Refer to

erm
ab
⇒ “2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”,

ility
ot p
page 135 .
wit
, is n
h re
– Remove the outer window shaft strip. Refer to

hole
spec
⇒ “2.15 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”,

es, in part or in w
page 133 .
t to the co
– Remove B-pillar trim. Refer to

⇒ “3.6 Front Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”,
rrectness of i
page 348
l purpos
– Remove the exterior mirror. Refer to

⇒ “6.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror, Removing and Installing”,
page 372
nf
ercia
or
– Remove the securing pin -2- -arrow a-.

m
m
atio
om
– Roll the sealing lip on the window guide -1- off the door flange.
n in
or c
thi
e
– Remove the window guide -1- from the door mount

t
sd
iva
-b and c arrows-.
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Remove the window guide -1- -arrows d- from the door flange
t.
yi Co
-3-. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ AG. Volkswagen AG d
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Spray the window guide with soapy water to make it easier to

install.
– Push the window guide -1- in the door mount
-a and b arrows-.
– Install the window guide -1- forward moving along the door
flange -c arrows-.
– Pull the sealing lip on the window guide onto the door flange.
– Push in the securing pin -2- -arrow d-.
Note
Make sure the window guide -1- fits evenly when installing it (wind noises).

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.15 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing

and Installing
Removing
Note
♦ The outer window shaft strip has a metal insert in the center.
♦ If it gets bent, it will not be possible to straighten it out again.
It will remain “wavy”.
♦ This is why the outer window shaft strip must be removed
evenly without bending it.
♦ The following describes removing and installing the left outer
window shaft strip. Removing and installing right window shaft
strip is identical. wage
e ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Slightly remove the outer window shaft strip -1- evenly from
the door flange -2- -a arrows-. Do not bend the strip while doing
so.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Pull forward the outer window shaftwastrip

gen A-1-
G. Vunder the exterior
olkswagen AG
does
s
rearview mirror -3- -arrow b-.y Volk not
gu b ara
ed nte
Installing thoris e or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ It is permissible to use assembly aids.

♦ Do not use any impact tools to install the outer window shaft strip.
– Push the window shaft strip -1- under the exterior rearview
mirror -3- -arrow a-.
– Align the outer window shaft strip -1- on the B-pillar and at the
same time push on the door flange -2- -b arrows-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing

and Installing
Note
The following describes removing and installing the left inner win‐
dow shaft strip. Removing and installing right window shaft strip
is identical.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Pry the inner window shaft strip -1- evenly and without bending
from the flange -2-.
Installing
– Center the inner window shaft strip -1- and push on the front
door flange -2- evenly -a arrows- by hand.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3 Central Locking
⇒ “3.1 Component Location Overview - Central Locking”,
page 136
⇒ “3.2 Vehicle Key Battery, Removing and Installing”, page 138
⇒ “3.3 Ignition Key Cap, Removing and Installing”, page 140
3.1 Component Location Overview - Central Locking
1 - Connector Station
❑ Installed location: right
A-pillar
❑ Loosen the boot on the
pillar to disconnect the
connector
2 - Vehicle Electrical System
Control Module - J519-
❑ Installed location: under
the instrument panel on AG. Volkswagen AG d
the driver side agen oes
olksw not
V gu
❑ Removing. Refer to ⇒ d by ara
ise nte
Electrical Equipment; ut
hor eo
Rep. Gr. 97 ; Control ss a ra
c
Modules; Component
ce
e
nl
Location Overview -
pt
du
an
itte
Control Modules .
y li
erm
ab
3 - Front Passenger Door Con‐
ility
ot p
trol Module - J387-
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Installed separate from
hole
spec
the window regulator
es, in part or in w
motor in the door.
t to the co
4 - Right Front Door Lock
❑ The door lock is attach‐ rrectness of i
ed to the door inner pan‐
el.
l purpos
❑ The power central lock‐

ing system is integrated
nf
ercia
in door lock.
rm
m
atio
❑ Removing. Refer to
om

n in
or c

thi
te
sd
a
page 126 .
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Installed location: right Cop py
B-pillar
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
❑ Loosen the boot on the pillar to disconnect the connector
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6 - Driver Door Control Module - J386-
❑ Installed separate from the window regulator motor in the door.
7 - Right Rear Door Lock
❑ The door lock is attached to the door inner panel.
❑ The power central locking system is integrated in door lock.
❑ Removing. Refer to ⇒ “2.12 Door Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 175 .
8 - Right Rear Lid Connector Station
❑ Installed location: Behind the C-pillar trim

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; C-Pillar
9 - Unlocking Element with Button
❑ Installed location: Bolted into the rear lid
❑ Removing. Refer to ⇒ “2.5 Actuator, Removing and Installing”, page 64 .
10 - Rear Lid Latch
❑ Installed location: attached to the rear lid
❑ Removing. Refer to ⇒ “2.4 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 62 .
Volkswa AG. gen AG
agen do
11 - Left Rear Lid Connector Station
Vol
ksw es n
ot g
by ua
❑ Installed location: rBehind
ised
the C-pillar trim ran
tee
ho
❑ Removing ands ainstalling.
ut Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 o;r aPassenger
c Compartment Trim; C-Pillar
Trim Panel, Removing
s and Installing .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
12 - Left Rear Door Lock
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ The power central locking system is integrated in door lock.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
13 - Left Rear Door Control Module - J388-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
❑ Installed location: left B-pillar
l purpos
15 - Left Front Door Lock
nform
ercia

m
❑ The power central locking system is integrated in door lock. at

om
ion
c
in t
or
his
te
16 - Driver Door Control Module - J386-

a
do
priv

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
17 - Central Switch for Window Regulator
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ Installed location: inside the door trim panel opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
❑ Window regulator central switch removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ;
c by lksw
cted agen
Controls; Component Location Overview - Front Door Controls . Prote AG.
18 - Central Locking Button

❑ Installed location: inside the door trim panel
❑ Removing and installing the central locking button. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ;
Controls; Component Location Overview - Front Door Controls .
❑ Installed location: left A-pillar
20 - Alarm Horn - H12-
❑ Removing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Anti-theft Alarm System; Alarm Horn H12,
21 - Engine Hood Contact Switch - F266-
❑ Anti-theft warning system contact switch
❑ Installed location: on the latch
❑ Removing. Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 36 .
3. Central Locking 137

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3.2 Vehicle Key Battery, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
– Found out the keyy V-1- -arrow a-.
olk not
gu
d b ara
e nte
– Pry up the battery
thoris
compartment cover -2- using a small screw‐
eo
driver -3-s -arrow b-.
au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– With a small screwdriver -3- pry up the battery -1- from the
rrectness of i
battery compartment -2- -arrow-.
l purpos
Installing
nf
ercia
o
Note
rm
m
atio
om
n in
♦ Before installing the battery, one of the buttons must be push‐

or c
ed.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
♦ The container now recognizes the new battery.

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Note polarity and installation position of battery when installing. Cop py
. rig
The positive terminal is marked.
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Press the battery -1- lightly -arrow a- in the battery compart‐ Prote AG.
ment -2-.
– Push together the battery compartment -3- and the radio-fre‐
quency unit -arrow b-.
– The ignition key must now be synchronized. Refer to
⇒ page 138 .
Ignition Key Synchronizing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the lock cylinder cap -3-. Refer to

page 113 .
– Hold the ignition key -2- at the lock cylinder -1- and push the
“open” button.
– Within one minute lock the vehicle with the ignition key -2- us‐
ing the lock cylinder -1-.
3. Central Locking 139

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3.3 Ignition Key Cap, Removing and Installing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
Removing
m
atio
om
n in
c
– Pry up the battery compartment cover. Refer to

or
thi
⇒ “3.2 Vehicle Key Battery, Removing and Installing”,

te
sd
a
page 138 .
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the cap -2- at the side from the ignition key -arrow-.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Installing cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
The threads for the new cap are cut in by the bolt -1-.
– Push the cap -2- sideways on the ignition key.

– Install the bolt -1-.
– Push on the battery compartment cover.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen Body
oes Exterior - Edition
05.2015
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
o eo
4 Special Tools th
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Joint for 3320 Tool - 3320/1-
ot
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting - Box Wrench - 3320/2- hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Special Tools 141

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
58 – Rear Doors
1 Door
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Door”, page 142
⇒ “1.2 Door, Removing and Installing”, page 144
⇒ “1.3 Door, Adjusting”, page 147
⇒ “1.4 Catch, Adjusting”, page 149
⇒ “1.5 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing”, page 150
⇒ “1.6 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 152
1.1 Overview - Door
Note
♦ After replacing the B-pillar the bolts -2 and 5- as well as -14 and 17- are to be tightened to another tightening
specification.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
1 - Rear Door byV
o gu
ara
ed
❑ Removing and instal‐thoris nte
eo
ling. Refer to s au ra
c
⇒ “1.2 Door, Removing s
ce
e
and Installing”,
nl
pt
du
an
page 144 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
page 147 .
h re
hole
2 - Bolt
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ 50 Nm
t to the co
❑ Loosening one time to

adjust the door is per‐
rrectness of i
missible, after further

loosening replace.
l purpos
❑ Installed from the inside

of the vehicle
nf
ercia
❑ For removing and Instal‐

orm
ling the B-pillar lower

m
atio
m
trim panel must be re‐

o
n in
c
moved.
or
thi
te
sd
iva
Note
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
. C rig
ht ht
must be observed.
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
90°
3 - Door Hinge
❑ Hinge is divided
❑ A bolt -8- attaches the
lower section to the up‐
142 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
per section.
4 - Cap
❑ For the bolt -8-
5 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm
❑ For removing and Installing the B-pillar lower trim panel must be removed.
Note

must be observed. AG. Volkswagen A gen G do
swa es n
♦ Tightening specification
by
Vol after re‐
k ot g
ua
placing the A-pillars:
ris
ed 20 Nm + ran
tee
90° utho
or
a ac
ss
6 - Cap
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
❑ For the bolt -7-

itte
y li
erm
ab
7 - Bolt
ility
ot p
wit
❑ 50 Nm
is n
h re
ole,
❑ Always replace, loosening one time to adjust the door is permissible
spec
8 - Bolt
t to the co
❑ 23 Nm
❑ Connects the upper section of the hinge to the lower section of the hinge
9 - Door Hinge rrectne
❑ The hinge has two sections.
ss o
cial p

f inform
mer
10 - Bolt
atio
m
❑ 30 Nm
o
n
c
i
or
11 - Bolt
thi
te
sd
va
❑ 9 Nm
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
❑ Quantity: 2
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
12 - Door Arrester
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing”, page 150 .
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
13 - Door Hinge Prote AG.
❑ Hinge is divided
❑ A bolt -8- attaches the lower section to the upper section.
14 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm
❑ For removing and Installing the B-pillar lower trim panel must be removed.
Note

must be observed.
1. Door 143
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤

90°
15 - Door Hinge
❑ The hinge has two sections.
16 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm
❑ Always replace, loosening one time to adjust the door is permissible
17 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm
Volkswagen AG
en AG. be
❑ For removing and Installing the B-pillar lower trim panel
ksw
agmust removed.does
ol not
yV gu
db ara
Note ris
e nte
tho eo
au ra
c
♦ After replacing the A-pillar, the ss
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
must be observed.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
90°
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.2 Door, Removing and Installing
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ Joint for 3320 Tool - 3320/1-
nform
ercia

m
♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting - Box Wrench - 3320/3- at

om
ion
c
in t
r

o
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Note
AG.
The following describes removing and installing the left rear door.
Removing and installing the right rear door is identical.
Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Push the Wedge Set - 1 - T10383/1- between the bellow -3-
l purpos
and the locking mechanism -2- -arrow a-.

– Push the locking mechanism -2- with the Wedge Set -
nform
ercia
T10383/1- upward -arrow b- and disconnect the connector

-3- from the connector station -arrow c-.
m
at
om
io
– If equipped, pry up the bolt cover -7-.

n
c
in t
or
his
e
– Loosen the bolts -7- on the hinges -arrow e-, but do not re‐
at
do
riv
move.
p
cum
for
en
g
– Remove the bolt -4- from the door strap -6-.

n
t.
yi Co
op py
– Push the door strap -6- toward the inside -arrow d-.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Lift the door -1- together the upper parts of the hinge -6- up‐
c by lksw
cted agen
ward -arrow f- from the lower hinge parts. Prote AG.
Installing
1. Door 145
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Install in reverse order of removal. While doing so pay attention

to the following:
Caution
The door strap bracket must be folded in toward the inside of

the vehicle (to prevent damaging the paint) before installing the
rear door.
Note
The hinge arms must be flush with each other after installing the rear door.
– Adjust the rear door -1-. Refer to

⇒ “1.3 Door, Adjusting”, page 147 .
– Pay attention the gap dimensions for the front door -1-. Refer
to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.3 Door, Adjusting

. Volkswage n AG n AG d
wage oes
yV
olks not
gu
b ara
ed
♦ Joint for 3320 Tool - 3320/1-
ho
ris nte
eo
t
au ra
♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting
ss - Box Wrench - 3320/2- c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
rrectne
♦ The following describes adjusting the left rear door. Adjusting the right rear door is identical.
ss o
♦ The vehicle must be standing on its wheels in order to adjust the door.
cial p
f inform
♦ The rear door is properly adjusted when there is an overall even gap dimension when closed. It is not too
mer
far inward or outward and contours align. The contours line up.
atio
om
n
c
♦ Checking the gap dimensions. Refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions .
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
♦ Apply corrosion protection to the hinges and bolts after assembling or adjusting.
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Door 147
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Adjusting the gap dimensions

t to the co
For correct gap dimension adjustment, screws -2-, -3-, -6- and
-7- at B-pillar must be loosened.
rrectness of i
– For the bolts -3 and 7-, the B-pillar lower trim panel must be
l purpos
removed.
Flush adjustment
nform
ercia
The bolts-5- and -9- must be loosened in order to correctly adjust

m
the flush dimension.

a
com
tion in
For this, the Wrench - Door Adjusting - 3320- with the bit insert
r
te o
thi
must be used.
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
Note
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Other measures, such as aligning the rear door upward, are not effective. Pressure later will cause the rear
pyri by
Vo
o
door to sag again.
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Adjust the catch. Refer to

⇒ “1.4 Catch, Adjusting”, page 149 .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.4 Catch, Adjusting

Note
♦ The threaded plate -1- of the striker pin in the column is secured differently than previously.
AG. Volkswagen
♦ The arch outside the threaded plate is welded to the column. The
lksw bars to the threaded plate
agen AG do
es n are deformable.
Vo ot g
by ua
♦ More force is needed to move the striker pin -2- whenristhe
ed bolts -3- are loose. ran
tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Door 149
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
♦ The following describes adjusting the left rear door. Adjusting the right rear door is identical.
♦ When closing, the rear door must latch completely without having to press it and it must not have any play.
♦ The door must not be pushed up or down when adjusting the striker pin.
The alignment of the rear door to the side genpanel

AG. Vocan
lkswabe
genadjusted
AG do
swa es n
using the striker pin -arrows- (wind
y Vonoises).
lk ot g
u b ara
ed
– Loosen the bolts -3- onththe
or C-pillar and loosen the striker pin
is nte
e
-2-. s au or
ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Note
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
More force is needed to move the striker pin -2- when the bolts -3- are loose.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Tighten the bolts -23- on the striker pin -2-.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Catch 20 Nm
rrectness of i
1.5 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
Note
c
in t
or
his
ate
The following describes removing and installing the left door

do
priv
strap. The right side is identical.

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Removing . C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c ce
le
– Remove the rear door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;

un
pt
an
d
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear Door Trim Panels; Rear Door Trim Panel,
itte
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p
– Remove the self-adhesive cover.

wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Remove the bolt -2- from the B-pillar.

spec
– Remove the bolts -3- and the door strap -1-.

t to the co
Installing
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Door 151
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
at
om
io
n
c
in t
or
his
e
1.6 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Instal‐

at
do
riv
ling
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
The inner door seals are equipped at the factory with sealant,
Co
Cop py
applied to the door flange and then rolled on.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
♦ The sealant on the inside will spread when the seal is re‐
moved. The sides will bend up slightly. If the seal is being
installed again, the sealing performance and proper seating
are no longer guaranteed.
♦ For this reason, every seal that has been removed completely
must be replaced with a “hammer-stroke seal”.
♦ Removing and installing is described only for the left inner door
seal. The right side is identical.
♦ For better illustration the rear door is not shown.
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the sill panel strip. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
and Installing .
– It is necessary to remove the necessary pillar trim in order to
remove the inner door seal. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
1. Door 153
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; Component Location

– Remove the inner door seal -1- from the flange -2-.
Installing AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
Note hor eo
aut ra
ss c
Do not kink the vulcanized point -2-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the inner door seal -1- starting at the top of the door
opening -arrow-.
– Align the vulcanized point -3- between the hinges.
– Install the pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Passenger Compartment Trim .
– Install the sill panel strip. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
and Installing .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2 Door Components
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Door Components”, page 155
⇒ “2.3 Overview - Door Handle and Door Lock”, page 158
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
⇒ “2.4 Left and Right Rear Window Regulator Motor
Vol V26 / V27 ,
ksw not
gu
Removing and Installing”, page 159 ed
by ara
nte
is
or eo
⇒ “2.5 Window Regulator, Removing and
au Installing”,
th page 161 ra
ss c
⇒ “2.6 Window Crank, Removing and Installing”, page 164
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
⇒ “2.7 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 166 itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ “2.9 Cap, Removing and Installing”, page 169
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “2.10 Door Handle, Removing and Installing”, page 171
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “2.11 Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 173
⇒ “2.12 Door Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 175
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.13 Window Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 179
l purpos
⇒ “2.14 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page

182
nform
ercia
⇒ “2.15 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page

183
m
at
om
ion
c
2.1 Overview - Door Components
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
Note
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1 - Rear Door
ling. Refer to
and Installing”,
page 93 .
page 96 .
2 - Sticker
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ Diameter 28 mm
❑ Use electrical tape if
needed
3 - Sticker
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Diameter 32 mm
❑ Use electrical tape if
needed
4 - Insulation
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Installing:
– Cut to size if necessary,
200 mm x 100 mm. Po‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
sition as shown in the il‐ agen oes
olksw not
lustration. ed by
V gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
– Warm using the Wiring aut ra
c
Harness Repair Set - ss
ce
e
Hot Air Blower -

nl
pt
du
an
VAS1978/14A- and
itte
then press firmly onto y li

erm
the outer door panel. ab

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
5 - Release Cable
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.7 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 166 .
7 - Outer Door Seal
rrectness of i
❑ Secured with clips in the door

l purpos
8 - Bracket
❑ Part of the outer door seal
nform
ercia
9 - Sticker
m
at
❑ Quantity: 1
om
ion
c
❑ Diameter 19 mm
in t
or
his
te

a
do
priv
cum
or
10 - Sticker
f
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ Quantity: 1
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ Diameter 15 mm opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
❑ Use electrical tape if needed by c lksw

cted agen
Prote AG.
11 - Outer Window Shaft Strip
⇒ “2.14 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 182 .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
12 - Inner Window Shaft Strip

⇒ “2.15 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 183 .
13 - Sticker
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ 15 mm x 50 mm
14 - Window Guide
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.13 Window Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 179 .
2.2 Overview - Window Regulator
1 - Front Door
2 - Left and Right Rear Window
Regulator Motor - V26/V27-
❑ The door control module
is installed separately
from the window regula‐
tor motor in the door.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Removing and instal‐ ksw
agen oes
not
l
ling. Refer to by
Vo gu
ara
⇒ “2.4 Left and Right rised
nte
Rear Window Regulator aut
ho eo
ra
Motor V26 / V27 , Re‐ ss c
ce
le
un
pt
page 159 .
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
3 - Hex Nut
pe
ility
❑ Quantity: 2
ot
wit
, is n
h re
❑ 6 Nm
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
l purpos
5 - Bolt
nform
ercia
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Quantity 3 for the win‐
m
a
com
dow regulator motor

ion in
r
te o
6 - Window Crank
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
ling. Refer to
fo
en
g
⇒ “2.6 Window Crank,

n
t.
yi Co
op
Removing and Instal‐ C py
t. rig
ling”, page 164 .
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
7 - Bolt cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Quantity 3 for the window crank mechanism
❑ 3 Nm
8 - Window Crank Mechanism
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ page 165 .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.3 Overview - Door Handle and Door Lock
Note
1 - Door Lock
ling. Refer to
page 175 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
❑ For the locking bushing
Volksw
oes
not
gu
in the bracketed by ara
n is tee
or
3 - Bracket auth or
ac
ss
❑ Removing and instal‐ ce
le
un
ling. Refer to pt
an
d
⇒ “2.11 Bracket, Re‐

itte
y li
erm

ab
ility
page 173 .
ot p
wit
is n
4 - Backing Plate
h re
ole,
spec
5 - Cap
t to the co

ling. Refer to
rrectne
and Installing”,
page 169 .
ss
6 - Door Handle
o
cial p
f i

nform
ling. Refer to
mer
⇒ “2.10 Door Handle,

atio
om

n
c
i
or
ling”, page 171 .

thi
te
sd
va
7 - Bolt
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
❑ 1.5 Nm
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Mounting bracket is dis‐ Cop py
t. rig
engaged from door by yri
gh by
ht
loosening this bolt.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
8 - Cable
AG.
❑ From the door lock -1- to the bracket -3-

9 - Cable
❑ From the interior door mechanism to the door lock -1-
❑ With a grommet on the cover
10 - Cap
11 - Bolt
❑ 18 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.4 Left and Right Rear Window Regulator

Motor -V26- / -V27- , Removing and In‐
stalling
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Note olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
♦ The following describes removingut and installing the left win‐
ho eo
ra
dow regulator motor. Removing
s and installing right window
s a c
regulator motor is identical.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ The door control module is clipped in separately from the win‐

itte
y li
erm
dow regulator motor in the door.
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Removing
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤

falling down.
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment. Remove the
key.
– Remove the bolts -2- (quantity: 3).
– Remove the window regulator motor -1- from the mounts of
the cable reel -4-.
Installing
WARNING
It is necessary to code the additional functions and pinch pro‐

tection each time a new window regulator motor (door control
module) is installed.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
– Install the window regulator motor -1- on the mounts in the
agen
Prote AG.
cable reel -4-. Gently move the door window up and down so
that the splines between the window regulator motor and the
cable reel can mesh.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Tighten the screws -2-.

– Connect the connector -3-.
– Code the new window regulator motor using the Vehicle Di‐
agnostic Tester .
– For more information regarding the one-touch up/one-touch
down and the pinch protection features. Refer to ⇒ Mainte‐
nance ; Booklet 36.1 .
Tightening Specifications n AG. Volkswagen AG do
kswage es n
2.5 Window Regulator, Removing and In‐ ol ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
stalling utho tee
or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
Note
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
The following describes removing and installing the left window
es, in part or in w
regulator. Removing and installing right window regulator is iden‐
t to the co
tical.
Removing
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
– Loosen the door window from the window regulator, but do not
remove. Refer to
page 302 .
– Push the door window upward and secure.
– Remove the window regulator motor. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Left and Right Rear Window Regulator Motor V26 /
V27 , Removing and Installing”, page 159 .
– Release the hooks on the cable reel -3- and slide into the door.
– Remove the lower hex nut -2- and push the window regulator
threaded pin in the door.
– Loosen the upper hex nuts -2-, but do not remove.
– Push the window regulator in the door slightly upward
-arrow a- and guide in the door -arrow b-.
– Turn the window regulator -4- 90° and remove through the
opening in the door -arrow c-.
Installing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
– Guide the window regulator -4- through the opening in the door
or
thi
e
-arrow a- and bring into the installation position.

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Push the window regulator threaded pin through the inner door
o
m
f
en
ng
panel -arrow b-.

t.
yi Co
op py
– Tighten the hex nuts -2-.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Push the cable reel against the door inner panel -3- until the by c lksw
cted agen
hooks engage audibly. Prote AG.
– Install window regulator motor. Refer to

⇒ “2.4 Left and Right Rear Window Regulator Motor V26 /
V27 , Removing and Installing”, page 159 .
– Install the door window. Refer to
page 302 .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Tightening Specifications d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
2.6 Window Crank, Removing and Installing ut ra
s a c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Push the spacer ring -2- in the direction of the -arrow a- and
remove the window crank from the mechanism -arrow b-.
Installing
– Push in the spacer ring and push the window crank on the
mechanism.
The installation position of the window crank -1- runs horizontally
and upward when the crank wheel is closed.
Deviation of window cranks to each other must be 6° maximum

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Removing the window crank mechanism
Note
The following describes removing and installing for only the left
window crank mechanism. Removing and installing right window
crank mechanism is identical.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
– Removing window crank

o
n in
or c
⇒ “2.6 Window Crank, Removing and Installing”, page 164

thi
te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
falling down. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Remove the bolts -2- (quantity: 3).
AG.
– Remove the window crank mechanism -1- from the mounts of

the cable reel -3-.
Installing the window crank mechanism

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectnes
– Install the window crank mechanism -1- on the mounts in the

s o
cial p
cable reel -3-. Gently move the door window up and down so
f in
that the splines between the window crank mechanism and

form
mer
the cable reel can mesh.

atio
om

n
c
i
or
n thi
e
t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
2.7 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Instal‐

r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
ling
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
The following describes removing and installing the left cover on‐
ly. The right side is identical.
Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
– Pry up the cover -1- at the bottom -arrow a-.

l purpos
– Remove the cover -1- forward from the door -arrow b-.
nform
ercia
Note
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
r
It is necessary to remove the cable -3- and grommet -2- from the cover -1- to perform the following work.
o
his
te
Disconnect the connector (if equipped) at the grommet.

a
do
priv
cum
for
en
g
Installing
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Guide the cable -3- with the grommet -2- into the cover -1-.
– Install the grommet -2- into the cover -1-. t to the co
rrectness of i
– Install the cover -1- in the door -2- -arrow a-.

l purpos
– Engage the cover -1- all around -arrow b-.

nform
ercia
Note
m
at
om
io
Check the edges of the cover all the way around to make sure it is installed correctly.
n
c
in t
or
his
ate

do
priv
cum
for
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
♦ Cylinder Head Bolt Socket - 3410- by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
The following describes removing and installing the right striker

pin. The right side is identical.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
– Remove the bolts -2- and the catch -1-.
Installing rrectness of i
l purpos
– Position the striker pin -1- on the B-pillar -3- and tighten the
bolts -2-.
nf
ercia
or
– Adjust the striker pin. Refer to

m
m
atio
⇒ “1.4 Catch, Adjusting”, page 149 .

om
n in
or c

thi
te
sd
iva
Catch 20 Nm
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
2.9 Cap, Removing and Installing

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Special tools and workshop equipment required yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
– Remove the plugsth-3-.
or eo
au ra
– Guide the Lock Cylinder Housing Assembly Tool - T10389- ss c
ce
le
approximately 44 mm behind the bracket locking lever -2-.

un
pt
an
d
itte
– Pull the Lock Cylinder Housing Assembly Tool - T10389- ap‐

y li
erm
ab
proximately 5 mm rearward -arrow- until the hooks release.

ility
ot p
wit
– Remove the door handle from the door.

is n
h re
ole,
– Remove the cap -1- from the bracket.

spec
Installing
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
170
copy Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors cted agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at

om
ion
c
in t
– Push the cap -1- in the bracket.

or
his
ate
do
riv
– Guide a screwdriver with a flat blade -4- approximately 40 mm

p
cum
until the locking lever -3- of the bracket.

for
en
ng
t.
yi
– Install the cap -1- in the door.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Push the screwdriver in approximately 5 mm -arrow-, until the yri
p by
o Vo
hook locks. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Secure the plug -5-.
2.10 Door Handle, Removing and Installing
Note

handle. The right side is identical.
Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Pull the door handle -1- slightly to the rear -arrow a- and out
of the mount.
– Move the door handle in the direction of -arrow b-.
– Remove the door handle from the bracket -1- -arrow c-.
Installing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
Notes for working on a door handle with keyless access
ss authori‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Install the door handle -1- at a right angle -arrow a-.
ility
ot p
– Install the door handle -1- in the door -arrow b-.

wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Push the door handle toward front -arrow c- into the mount
spec
inside the bracket.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Install the cap. Refer to

rrectness of i
2.11 Bracket, Removing and Installing

l purpos

nform
mercia
at
om
io
Note
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
The following describes removing and installing the right bracket.

do
priv

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Removing C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
173
Prote AG.
2. Door Components
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ autho eo
ra
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

page 166 .
– Remove the bolt -4- and then remove the backing -3-.
– Push the bracket -1- slightly rearward and remove from the
door -arrow d-.
Loosening the cable
– Release the retainer -5- and swivel it out of the mount
-arrow a-.
– Remove the pin for the cable out of the mount -arrow b-.
– Remove the cable -2- from the bracket -1- -arrow c-.
Installing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Mounting the Cable opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c
– Guide the cable -2- in the bracket -1-.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the cable bolts in the mount -arrow b-.
– Pivot the bracket -5- in the mount in the bracket -arrow c- and
engage.
– Guide the bracket -1- in the door -arrow a-.
– Push the bracket slightly forward.
– Install the buffer -3- and tighten the bolt -4-.
2.12 Door Lock, Removing and Installing


Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
Note aut
h
ra
ss c
ce
e
♦ The following describes removing and installing the left door
nl
pt
du
an
lock. The right side is identical.
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ The door window must be closed for the following work.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Removing
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

page 166 .
– If equipped, disconnect the connector.
– Remove the door lock -1- from the door -arrow-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Note by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
If necessary for the following
aut work steps, loosen the cables.
h
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
Loosening the Cable for the Bracket
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove the cover. Refer to ⇒ page 177 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Turn the cable -5- 90° and remove it -arrow a-.
wit
, is n
h re
– Move the cable -arrow b- until it can be guided out of the eye
hole
spec
in the door lock -1- -arrow c-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Loosening the Cable for the Interior Door Mechanism
– Turn the cable -4- 90° and remove it.
rrectness of i
– Move the cable -arrow d- until it can be guided out of the eye
in the door lock -1- -arrow e-.
l purpos
Removing Cover
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Open the hook -3- in direction of -arrow a-.

– Pull the cover -1- with the hook from the door lock -2-
-arrow b-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Remove the cover -1- upward -arrow c- from the door lock
-2-.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the cables -4- and -5- to the door lock -1-.
– Install the cover. Refer to ⇒ page 178 .
– Install the door lock -1- in the door -arrow f-.
– If equipped, connect the connector.
– Install the cap -3-.
Installing the Cover

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or
– Push the mount a-1-
ut on the bracket -3- on the door lock -2-
h eo
ra
-arrow a-. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
– Engage the catch -4- with the retainer -2- -arrow b-.
du
an
itte
y li
2.13 Window Guide, Removing and Installing

erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ The following describes removing and installing the left win‐

dow guide. Removing and installing right window guide is
identical.
rrectness of i
♦ Do not bend the window guide when removing it.

l purpos
Removing
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
179
by c lksw
cted
2. Door Components
agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove the inner window shaft strip. Refer to

t to the co
⇒ “2.15 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”,

page 183 .
rrectne
– Remove the outer window shaft strip. Refer to

⇒ “2.14 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”,
page 182 .
ss o
cial p
– Roll the sealing lip on the window guide -1- off the door flange
inform
-2- -arrow e-.

mer
atio
m
– Remove the window guide -1- from the door mount

o
n
c
-c arrows-.
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
– Remove the window guide from the front metal flange

iv
o
pr
-a arrows- and in the transition area from the bracket

um
r
fo
-arrow b-.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove the window guide -1- -arrows c- from the door flange . C rig
ht ht
-2-.
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
Installing
agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Spray the window guide with soapy water to make it easier to
rrectne
install.
– Push the window guide -1- in the door mount
-a and b arrows-. ss o
cial p
f in
– Push the window guide on the front flange in the bracket

form
mer
-arrow d- and install on the metal flange -e arrows-.

atio
m
– Install the window guide -1- forward moving along the door
o
n
c
i
or
flange -2- -c arrows-.

thi
te
sd
va
– Pull the sealing lip on the window guide onto the door flange
i
o
pr
cum
r
-arrow f-.
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Note rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Make sure the window guide -1- fits evenly when installing it (wind noises).
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.14 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing

and Installing
Note
♦ The outer window shaft strip has a metal insert in the center.
♦ If it gets bent, it will not be possible to straighten it out again.
It will remain “wavy”.
♦ This is why the outer window shaft strip must be removed
evenly without bending it.
♦ The following describes removing and installing the left outer
window shaft strip. Removing and installing right window shaft
strip is identical.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Removing cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the outer window shaft strip -1- evenly from the door
flange -2- -a arrows-. Do not bend the strip while doing so.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Installing
Note
♦ It is permissible to use assembly aids.

♦ Do not use any impact tools to install the outer window shaft strip.
– Align the outer window shaft strip -1- on the B-pillar and at the
same time push on the door flange -2-.
2.15 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing

and Installing
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed
Notethoris nte
eo
au ra
c
ss
The following describes removing and installing the left inner win‐
ce
e
nl
dow shaft strip. Removing and installing right window shaft strip
pt
du
an
is identical.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Removing
– Pry the inner window shaft strip -1- evenly and without bending
from the flange -2-. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d
a oes
ksw not
Installing Vol gu
d by ara
ise nte
– or push on the
Center the inner window shaft strip -1-uthand front eo
ra
door flange -2- evenly -a arrows- bysshand.
a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3 Special Tools
AG . Volkswagen AG
ksw
agen does
not
Vol gu
♦ by
Joint for 3320 Tool - is3320/1- ara
ed nte
or eo
th
♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting
au - Box Wrench - 3320/2- ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by
60 – Sunroof
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
1 Sunroof
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Sunroof”, page 186
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Sunroof Shade”, page 189
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “1.3 Sunroof Frame, Removing and Installing”, page 189 hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “1.4 Wind Deflector, Removing and Installing”, page 197
t to the co
⇒ “1.5 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 199
⇒ “1.6 Glass Panel, Adjusting”, page 204
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.7 Slotted Guide Rail Guide, Removing and Installing”,
l purpos
page 206
⇒ “1.8 Sliding Sunroof Front Trim, Removing and Installing”, page
nform
ercia
209
m
at
om
⇒ “1.9 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Removing and In‐
ion
c
stalling”, page 215
in t
or
his
ate
⇒ “1.10 Sunroof, Closing Manually”, page 219
do
priv
cum
or
⇒ “1.11 Sunroof Seals, Removing and Installing”, page 221

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “1.12 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Installing”, page 222 C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
⇒ “1.13 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Programming”, op Vo
by c lksw
page 232 cted agen
Prote AG.
1.1 Overview - Sunroof
186 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof

wage es n
yV
olks Golf 2013 ot g➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
b u
ir se
d Body Exterior a-raEdition
nte 05.2015
tho eo
au r ac
1 - Panorama Sunroof Glass ss
Panel (One-Piece Safety
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Glass)
an
itte
y li
❑ Remove the glass pan‐
erm
ab
ility
el. Refer to
ot p
wit
⇒ “1.5 Glass Panel, Re‐
, is n
h re
hole
page 199 .
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ Remove the glass panel
t to the co
if the if the drive motor is
defective. Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Glass Panel,
rrectness of i
Removing, Defective
Drive Motor”,
l purpos
page 203 .
❑ Glass Panel, Adjusting.
nform
ercia
Refer to
m
⇒ “1.6 Glass Panel, Ad‐
at
om
i
justing”, page 204 .
on
c
in t
or
2 - Bolt
his
ate
do
riv
❑ Screws are microen‐

p
cum
or
capsulated and must al‐

f
en
ng
t.
ways be replaced after
yi Co
op
removing.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Quantity: 6
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
❑ 5.5 Nm
agen
Prote AG.
3 - Sunroof Frame Seal

ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.11.1 Sunroof
Frame Seal, Removing
and Installing”,
page 221 .
4 - Sunroof Shade
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.12 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Installing”, page 222 .
5 - Sunroof Frame
❑ Sunroof Frame, Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Sunroof Frame, Removing and Installing”, page 189 .
❑ if necessary use special grease G 060 751 A2 exclusively to grease guide channels, otherwise the func‐
tions cannot be guaranteed.
6 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
❑ For the sunroof motor
❑ Quantity: 3
7 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
❑ For the sunroof motor
❑ Quantity: 1
8 - Power Sunroof Control Module - J245-
❑ Control module, removing and installing
⇒ “1.9 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Removing and Installing”, page 215
❑ Adapt the control module. Refer to
⇒ “1.13 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Programming”, page 232 .
1. Sunroof 187
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
9 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
❑ For the cover.
❑ Quantity: 5
10 - Cover
11 - Bolt
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Screws are microencapsulated and must always be replaced after removing.
❑ Quantity: 13
12 - Slotted Guide Rail Guide
❑ With tilting mechanism and cables
❑ One component with the carrier, sun shade and control module
⇒ “1.7 Slotted Guide Rail Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 206 .
13 - Wind Deflector
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Wind Deflector, Removing and Installing”, page 197 .
14 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
❑ For the wind deflector
❑ Quantity: 2 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.2 Overview - Sunroof Shade agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
1 - Sunroof Shade thor eo
au ra
❑ Removing and instal‐ ss c
ling. Refer to
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “1.12 Sunroof Shade,
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ling”, page 222 .
ility
ot p
wit
2 - Mount
, is n
h re
hole
❑ for the sunroof shade
spec
fabric
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 2
rrectness of i
❑ 2 Nm
l purpos
4 - Tension Wire
❑ For attaching the mate‐
nform
ercia
rial in the side rail

m
5 - Tappet
at
om
ion
c
6 - Slider
in t
or
his
ate
7 - Tension Bow
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
g
ling. Refer to
n
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ page 229 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
8 - Handle cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
9 - Bolt
AG.
❑ 1 Nm
❑ For the handle
❑ Quantity: 2
10 - Slider
1.3 Sunroof Frame, Removing and Instal‐

ling
♦ Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237-
♦ Window Cutter - VAG1561A-
♦ Blade, L-shaped, 19 mm - VAG1561/21-
Materials
♦ 2K window adhesive 1) 1 2) 2 3) 4
♦ Activator 1) 1
♦ Glass primer/paint primer 1) 1
♦ Cleaning Solution 1) 1
♦ Applicator 1) 1
1. Sunroof 189
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
♦ Adhesive Remover 1) 1
♦ Cutting Wire 357 853 999
1) Follow the manufacturer instructions supplied in the packaging.

2) Observe minimum curing time.
3) To apply this material the Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237- must be used.
Removing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Remove the glass panel. Refer to

⇒ “1.5 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 199 .
l purpos
– Remove headliner. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;

Roof Trim Panels; Headliner, Removing and Installing .
nf
ercia
orm
– Remove the front trim. Refer to

m
atio
m
⇒ “1.8 Sliding Sunroof Front Trim, Removing and Installing”,

o
n in
c
page 209 .
or
thi
te
sd
a
– Tape off the roof pillar and roof edge -3-, to protect the paint
iv
o
r
rp
cu
from damage.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
– Pierce and cut through the rear adhesive bead -2- using the
Co
op py
Window Cutter - VAG1561A- with the Blade, L-shaped, 19 mm t. C rig
gh ht
- VAG1561/21- . pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
In the rear center there is a plastic alignment pin.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Guide the Cord - 357 853 999- -2- under the frame -3-.
The needle -1- from the Window Removing Kit - VAG1755- can
be used to help.
1. Sunroof 191
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Tighten the cord at each end with a handle from the Window
h re
Removing Kit - VAG1755- .

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
A second technician is required for detaching the adhesive bead

t to the co
-2-.
– One person pulls out and the other pulls inward.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
♦ There are three adhesive beads on the front roof crossmember that require more force.
m
♦ Guide the cord close to the frame, so that it is not cut by the surrounding edge.
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
– Cut the adhesive bead -2- starting at the back -arrow a- until
his
ate
over the center of the from roof crossmember -3-.

do
priv
cum
for
– Place the cord on the other side.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Cut the adhesive bead again starting at the back -arrow b- until
C py
t. rig
gh
the front roof crossmember.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Remove the frame -3-.
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
♦ The exact location of the adhesive beads is to be transferred from the removed frames to the new frames.
♦ Also the location of the adhesive beads on the sheet metal flange is to be transferred if a new roof is installed.
Installing
Minimum Curing Time
WARNING
There are special requirements for replacing bonded frame.

This includes, for example, a newly bonded frame is safe for
vehicle operation also in case of an accident after a specified
minimum curing time.
The vehicle is operationally ready only after the minimum cur‐
ing time has elapsed.
Observe minimum curing time.
The minimum curing time for the 2K Window Adhesive is two

hours.
Curing time means the time from when it is bonded to when the
vehicle is put back into use. During this time, the vehicle must be
on a level surface at room temperature (at least 15 °C).
Preparing the body flange for adhesion
– Cut back remaining material on the body flange using U-
Shape Scraper - VAG1561/3- , do not remove all residue
under any circumstance.
Note AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
The remaining material serves as a base orisefor the new adhesive nte
eo
sealant being applied. Keep adhesiveaut surfaces free of dirt and
h
ra
grease. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
WARNING
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
The activator must not come into contact with the paint or the
h re
paint will be damaged.

ole,
spec
t to the co
Exception: If bonding is not performed immediately after cutting

back, the remaining material must be activated using the Activa‐
tor .
rrectne
♦ If the window flange is being repair or partially replaced, the

s
corresponding area must be clean and primed again before

s o
painting.
cial p
f inform
Installing
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
193
AG.
1. Sunroof
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Apply the adhesive sealing material all around the circumfer‐

ence at a right angle to the frame.
WARNING
The frame must be installed within 10 minutes or the adhesive

will not bond well.
Do not apply the adhesive bead too thickly and do not press
the frame too firmly onto the body flange.
♦ Place the frame in the opening, center it, and press it onto the
spacer.
Paint Damage, Repairing
If there is paint damage, recreate paint structure according to
guidelines in the “Paint” repair manual.
Adhesive Sealant, Removing from Window
– Adhesive Remover is the recommended cleaning solution.
Follow all safety precautions.
WARNING
When cleaning from vehicle interior out, the frame that was just
installed must not be pressed outward.
– Wipe the paint surfaces with a clean cloth. Clean any remain‐
ing dirt with Adhesive Remover .
– Clean the plastic trim: let the adhesive sealant harden for ap‐
proximately 1 hour and then peel it off.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Note Volksw not
gu
by ara
d
rise nte
♦ On the new frame uththe
o trim is already attached. eo
ra
s a c
♦ For a frame that is being used again, residual material acts as a base for the new adhesive sealing material.
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ Cut back the remaining adhesive sealant to 1 mm shortly before re-adhering, do not damage the primer
an
itte
y li
coating.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
194
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
WARNING
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Do not prime or use a cleaning solution on the adhesive bead.

en
ng
t.
Keep the adhesive surface free of dirt and grease.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
Exception: if adhesion is not performed immediately after the ad‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
hesive sealing material is cut, the remaining material must be
AG.
activated using activator D 181 801 A1.

Working on a new frame:
– Lightly sand the adhesive surface with a fine sandpaper.
– Clean around the adhesive surface -2- with the Cleaning Sol‐
ution .
– Apply Glass/Paint Primer with the applicator evenly in one
stroke.
– The drying time for the glass/paint primer is 10 minutes.
Working on all frames:
– Install the glass panel -1- in the frame -4-.
– Check the radial run-out numbers -3-.
1. Sunroof 195
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Apply 2K Window Adhesive . Dimensions for adhesive bead

-5-: width 12 mm, height 10 mm.
WARNING
The frame must be applied within 10 minutes after applying

adhesive otherwise the adhesive sealing material will not ad‐
here properly.
Note
To install the frame, the glass panel -1- must first be installed.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
– Install the frame with glass panel in the roof opening.

m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
New frame Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– The centering pins -3- center the frame in the opening.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Press in the frame all the way until it stops. Then check the
Prote AG.
height adjustment to the roof. Refer to

⇒ “1.6 Glass Panel, Adjusting”, page 204 .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Existing frame
– Since the alignment pin is no longer present, the frame is cen‐
tered in the roof opening -2-.
– Press in the frame all the way until it stops. Then check the
height adjustment to the roof. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Glass Panel, Adjusting”, page 204 .
– Observe the minimum curing time. Refer to ⇒ page 193 .
1.4 Wind Deflector, Removing and Installing

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Open the glass panel completely.

– Reduce the tension for the wind deflector -2- -arrows a- and
keep it pressed.
– Remove the weather strip -3- from the frame -arrow b-.
– Remove the left and right bolts -4-.
– Remove the wind deflector from the frame -arrow c-.
1. Sunroof 197
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Install the wind deflector in the frame.

m
at
om
– Tighten the left and right bolts -4-.

ion
c
in t
or
– Reduce the tension for the wind deflector -2- -arrows a- and
his
ate
keep it pressed.
do
priv
cum
or
– Install the weather strip -3- in the frame.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.5 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing

⇒ “1.5.1 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 199
⇒ “1.5.2 Glass Panel, Removing, Defective Drive Motor”,
page 203
1.5.1 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing

Removing
Note
♦ The headliner is not shown is not shown for better illustration.

♦ The headliner is not removed.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Open the sun shade all the way.

– Slide the trim -1- slightly rearward -arrow a-.
– Remove the trim -1- from the sunroof frame -2- -arrow b-.
1. Sunroof 199
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Open the panorama sunroof glass panel 150 mm
-dimension a-
– Do not remove the bolt -2-.
– Loosen the front left and right bolts -4-, but do not remove.
– Remove the left and right rear bolt -3-.
– Lift out the glass panel -1-.
Note
Close the mechanical system with the button in order to avoid damage during further work.
Installing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
Screws are microencapsulated and must always be replaced after removing.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Open the mechanical system with the button 150 mm

-dimension a-.
– Position the glass panel -1- on the tilting mechanism.
– Only lightly tighten the left and right bolts -2, 3 and 4-.
– Adjust the panorama sunroof glass panel (height adjustment).
Refer to ⇒ “1.6 Glass Panel, Adjusting”, page 204 .
Note
Tighten the bolts -2, 3 and 4- after the panel height adjustment.
1. Sunroof 201
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
♦ The headliner is not shown is not shown for better illustration.

♦ The headliner is not removed.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Install the trim -1- in the sunroof frame -2- -arrow a-.
rrectness of i
– Push the trim -1- slightly rearward -arrow b-.

l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
202
AG.
Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.5.2 Glass Panel, Removing, Defective Drive Motor
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Push the trim -1- slightly forward -arrow a-.
– Remove the trim -1- from the sunroof frame -2- -arrow b-.
1. Sunroof 203
olkswagen AG
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ swagen AG. V does
olk not
db
yV gu
ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the rear bolts -2- from the vehicle.
– Loosen the front left and right bolts -4-, but do not remove.
– Remove the left and right rear bolt -3-.
– Lift out the glass panel -1-.
Note
Close the mechanical system with the button in order to avoid damage during further work.
1.6 Glass Panel, Adjusting

Glass Panel Height Adjustment

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Loosen the bolts for the glass panel.

m
at
om
ion
– Move the glass panel for the panorama sunroof into the “open”
c
in t
or
position.
his
ate
do
riv
– Move the glass panel for the panorama sunroof into the
p
cum
or
“closed” position.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Perform glass panel height adjustment at the front and rear on C py
t. rig
both sides as follows:
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Front panel adjustment: cted agen
Prote AG.
-Dimension a- = 1 mm lower than assembly frame -3-.

– Push the inner seal aside.
– Tighten the front inner bolts.
Rear panel adjustment:
-Dimension b- = 1 mm higher than the roof contour -2-
– Tighten the rear inner bolts.
– Open the cover and tighten the rear bolts.
1. Sunroof 205
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
♦ To achieve the best possible exterior optical characteristics, make sure that the adjustment on left and right
sides is performed as evenly (symmetrically).
♦ Glass panel must not be higher than roof at any point at front or lower than roof at any point at rear.
1.7 Slotted Guide Rail Guide, Removing

and Installing
Removing
Note
♦ The guide rails and the mounting carrier form one unit.
♦ The cable and the tilting mechanism are integrated in this component and cannot be replaced individually.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤

– Mark the position -4- of the guide rails -1- on the frame -3-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
– Lower the rear guide rails -1- -arrow a-.

sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
– Remove the guide rails -1- from the subframe -2- -arrow b-.
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Note
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
Do not use and bend the guide rails and the mounting carrier as there is no brace installed in the front area.
AG.
Installing
1. Sunroof 207
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the guide rails -1- parallel in the subframe -2-.

– Guide the rear guide rail -1- on the frame.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Install all bolts -2- and tighten lightly.

– Align the guide rails -1- according to the markings -6-.
nform
ercia

m
at
om
io
– Install in reverse order of removal.

n
c
in t
or
his
e
at
do
priv
1.8 Sliding Sunroof Front Trim, Removing

um
for
en
ng
t.
and Installing
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Special tools and workshop equipment required pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
♦ Cartridge Gun - VAG1628- Prote AG.

♦ Window Cutter - Saw Blade - 63mm - VAG1561/25-
♦ Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows - Wire Reel - VAS6452/1-
Materials
♦ One-Part Assembly Adhe‐ Refer to 4). 1 Refer to 5). 2
sive
♦ Glass Primer/Paint Primer 4) 1
1. Sunroof 209
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
♦ Cleaning Solution 4) 1
♦ Applicator 4) 1
♦ Adhesive Remover 4) 1
♦ Cutting Wire
4) Follow the manufacturer processing instructions supplied in the packaging.
5) Observe the minimum curing time. Refer to ⇒ page 213 .

Removing
Note
♦ The front trim is destroyed when removed and cannot be re‐

installed.
♦ All the surrounding components are to be protected from dam‐ wage
es n
age. yV
olks ot g
ua
b
ed ran
♦ The glass panel is not removed. The installation positionhor of the
is tee
cover is needed for the height reference when installing
aut
the or
ac
front trim. ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Remove the seal from the front trim -1-.

– If equipped bond the seal for the windshield securely on the
windshield.
– Starting at the distance -b- = 10 mm from the front edge, apply
a mark over the entire width of the trim.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Apply a mark at a distance of -a- = 30 mm from the rear olkedge
sw not
yV gu
on both sides. se
d b ara
nte
ri
ho eo
aut ra
c
Caution ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Due to the lack of clearance between the front trim and the
itte
y li
frame, do not cut deeper than 5 mm.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– With the Window Cutter - VAG1561A- and the Window Cutter
hole
spec
- Saw Blade - 63mm - VAG1561/25- disconnect at the marks
es, in part or in w
-3 and 5- along the front trim.
t to the co
– Along the left and right line -4- apply an approximately 5 mm
cut to place the cutting wire.
rrectness of i
– The adhesive beads for the trim are now accessible by re‐
l purpos
moving the edges on the front trim.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 211
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Seal -4- is removed.

– Place the cutting wire -1- on one side all around and secure
on the Cutting Tool for Bonded AGWindows - AWire
. Volkswagen G do Reel -
VAS6452/1- . agen es n
olksw ot
V y gu
db a
– Cut through the or
iseadhesive bead -3- and remove a section
ran
teof
the front trim
au
th-2-. eo
ra
ss c
– Reposition the Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows - Wire Reel
ce
e
nl
pt
- VAS6452/1- and do the same on the other side.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Secure a handle -1- from the Window Removing Kit -

VAG1755- on each end of the cord -2-.
A second technician is required for detaching the adhesive bead.
Note
♦ There are three adhesive beads on the front roof crossmember that require more force.
♦ Work using even sawing motions -arrow-.
– Cut through the adhesive beads -5- first from one side on the
front roof crossmember to the center -3-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Cut through the adhesive bead from the other side to the cen‐
ter -3-.
– Remove the front trim -4-.
Note
The exact positions of the adhesive beads are to be transferred from the cut-out front trim to the new front trim.
Installing
Minimum Curing Time
WARNING
There are special requirements for replacing bonded front trim.

This includes, for example, that a newly bonded trim piece is
safe for vehicle operation and also in case of an accident after
a specified minimum curing time.
Observe the minimum curing time.
The minimum curing time for the One-Part Adhesive is three

hours.
olkswagen AG
ag en AG. V
Minimum curing time means the time from when it is bonded to Vol
ksw
does
not
when the vehicle is put back into use. During this time, the vehicle
ed
by gu
ara
must be on a level surface at room temperature (at least ho 15 °C).
ris nte
eo
t
au ra
Installation Instructions ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
– Apply adhesive all around at a right angle to the front trim.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
WARNING
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
The front trim must be installed within 10 minutes, otherwise
hole
spec
the window adhesive will not adhere properly.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Do not apply the adhesive bead too thickly and do not press
the frame too firmly onto the body flange.
rrectness of i
♦ Place the front trim in the opening, center it, and press it in up
l purpos
to spacer.
nform
ercia
If there is paint damage, recreate the paint structure according to

m
at
om
guidelines in the “Paint” repair manual.

ion
c
in t
or
Adhesive Residue, Cleaning

his
ate
do
riv
– Adhesive Remover is the recommended cleaning solution.

p
cum
or
Follow all safety precautions.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Clean the painted surface with a dry cloth. Remove any re‐ C py
t. rig
maining dirt using the Adhesive Remover .
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Clean the plastic trim: let the adhesive harden for approxi‐ cted agen
Prote AG.
mately one hour and then peel it off.
1. Sunroof 213
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
WARNING
Only use the adhesive assigned in the Parts Catalog, because

it is adapted for elasticity to the trim.
The minimum curing time for safe vehicle operation is three
hours.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
io
– Lightly sand the adhesive surface with fine sandpaper.

n
c
in t
or
– Thoroughly clean around the adhesive surface -2- using the

his
ate
do
riv
Cleaning Solution .
p
cum
for
– Apply the Glass/Paint Primer evenly in a single stroke using

en
ng
t.
yi
the applicator.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– The drying time for the glass/paint primer is 10 minutes. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
– Apply the One-Part Adhesive .
agen
Prote AG.
Width of the adhesive bead: 8 mm.

Height of the adhesive bead: 12 mm.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Insert the trim into the roof opening and center it. Secure with
adhesive tape.
– Observe the minimum curing time. Refer to ⇒ page 213 .
1.9 Power Sunroof Control Module - J245- ,

Removing and Installing
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c

i
or
n thi

te
sd
iva
o
r
– Remove the glass panel if the if the drive motor is defective.

p
cum
r
fo
Refer to
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ “1.5.2 Glass Panel, Removing, Defective Drive Motor”, page
Co
op py
203 .
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Remove the self-adhesive insulation -3-.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the cover upward at an angle -arrows-.
1. Sunroof 215
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
WARNING au ac
ss
ce
le
un
Only remove and install the panorama sunroof glass panel
pt
an
d
itte
drive when the roof is closed (zero position).
y li
erm
ab
Requirements for removing and installing the drive: the engine
ility
ot p
and the ignition must be off, remove the key and open the door.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Turn the engine and ignition off, remove the key and open the
door.
– Remove the bolts -4- and remove the Panorama sunroof drive
motor -1-.
– Disconnect the connector -5- for the drive.
Installing
Note
The bolts for the drive motor are micro-encapsulated and must always be replaced.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Connect the connector -5- to the motor -1-.

– Check that the clip is in the correct position -2-.
– Install the motor -1- and tighten the bolts -4-.
– After installation has been performed, key is reinserted into the

lock cylinder of the ignition/starter switch.
– Then perform function test.
1. Sunroof 217
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness
– Push the cover on the frame.

o
cial p
f inform

mer
atio
– Apply the self-adhesive insulation -3-.

om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.10 Sunroof, Closing Manually
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Removing
ot
wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove the glass panel if the if the drive motor is defective.

t to the co
Refer to
203 .
rrectness of i

l purpos

nform
ercia

m
Installing
com
tion in
r

te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
219
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
♦ If there is a malfunction in the electrical system, the sunroof and glass panel motor can be moved using a
hex wrench.
♦ More force will be needed to turn, the motor since it is not disengaged from the transmission.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
– Guide the hex wrench into the drive motor -1- bolt -3-.
com
tion in
r
– Close the glass panel by turning the bolt -3-.

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.11 Sunroof Seals, Removing and Installing

⇒ “1.11.1 Sunroof Frame Seal, Removing and Installing”,
page 221
⇒ “1.11.2 Glass Panel Seal, Removing and Installing”,
page 222
1.11.1 Sunroof Frame Seal, Removing and Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the seal -1- from the frame -2-.
Installing
– Align the inner seal -1- with the vulcanized point to the curve
on the frame -3- -a arrows-.
– The sealing lip -arrow b- must be aligned outward.
Push the inner seal -1- evenly in the frame mount -2-.
1. Sunroof 221
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.11.2 Glass Panel Seal, Removing and Installing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
Removing
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
– Open the glass panel.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
– Remove the seal -2- from the glass panel -1-.

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Installing
Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Align the seal -2- on the outer edge of the glass panel -1-
gh ht
pyri by
-arrows-.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Press the seal -2- in the glass panel mount -1-.
1.12 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Instal‐

ling
Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the glass panel if the drive motor is defective. Refer
to
rrectness of i
203 .
l purpos

– Remove the screws -2-.
nf
ercia

rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 223
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the screws -3- and then remove the handle -4-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nf
ercia
♦ If the sun shade is reused, make sure that the steel bands are not bent.
rm
m
atio
m
♦ If a steel band is bent, then a new sun shade must be installed.

o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lift the sun shade -1- at the rear on the left and right sides
-arrow a- and push it evenly rearward -arrow b-, then pull it out
of the guide rails -3-.
– Push the slider -3- into the bow -arrow c- and remove it from
the guide -arrow d-.
– Remove the sun shade -1- from the frame.
When it is necessary for further work, the tension bow can be
removed from the sun shade. Refer to ⇒ page 229 .
Installing
Note
♦ When installing the sun shade, make sure that the steel bands are not bent.
♦ If a steel band is bent, then a new sun shade must be installed.
1. Sunroof 225
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Install the right and left yoke -2- into the guide rails -3-
ot
wit
, is n
-arrow a-.
h re
hole
spec
– Make sure the upper -arrow b- and lower -arrow c- yokes are
es, in part or in w
positioned correctly on the guide rail.

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
– Push the slider -2- in the guides -8- -a arrows-.

orm
m
atio
– Make sure the slider is positioned correctly in the guide rails.

om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 227
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
– Install the handle -4- and tighten the screws -3-.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Tension Bow, Removing and Installing
Removing
1. Sunroof 229
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li

erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Remove the sunroof shade. Refer to

h re
ole,
⇒ “1.12 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Installing”, page 222 .

spec
– Remove the left and right slider -2- from the tension bow -4-
t to the co
-a arrows-.
– Remove the tension bow from the sunroof shade fabric -7-
rrectne
-arrow b-.
Installing
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
– Install the tension wire -5- in the sun shade material -6-. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Slide the tension bow -4- onto the sun shade material.
– Push the slider -2- with the tension spring -3- into the tension
bow.
1. Sunroof 231
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.13 Power Sunroof Control Module -J245- , Programming
Note
♦ After the glass panel, a motor, or the tilting mechanism is changed,

en AG. V
olksperform
wagen AGthe adaptation.
ag does
lksw
♦ Pinch protection is switched off when performing ban
y V adaptation.
o not
gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Adaptation sunroof motor

The ignition is switched on.
– Pull the button toward the rear -arrow a- and hold in this posi‐
tion during the entire adaptation procedure (approximately 20
seconds).
– During the adaptation, the glass sunroof will first close and
then retract approximately 200 mm.
– After the cover closes again, the adaptation process is com‐
plete and the button can be released.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2 Water Drain Hoses

⇒ “2.1 Overview - Water Drain Hoses”, page 233
⇒ “2.2 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning”, page 233
⇒ “2.3 Water Drain Hoses, Removing and Installing”, page 235
2.1 Overview - Water Drain Hoses
1 - Rear Water Drain Hose

❑ Left and right
❑ Cleaning. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Water Drain Ho‐
ses, Cleaning”,
page 233 .
ling. Refer to
ses, Removing and In‐ Volkswagen AG
stalling”, page
swa
g235 ..
en AG does
k not
y Vol gu
2 - Front Water d b Drain Hose ara
rise nte
❑ aLeft
ut
ho and right eo
ra
s c
❑s Cleaning. Refer to
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
ses, Cleaning”,
itte
y li
page 233 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
ling. Refer to
h re

hole
spec
ses, Removing and In‐

es, in part or in w

t to the co
3 - Connection
❑ Quantity 4, component
rrectness of i
of the frame
l purpos
4 - Clip
5 - Rear Drain Grommet
nf
ercia
orm
6 - Front Drain Grommet

m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
2.2 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Drain Snake - VAS6620-
2. Water Drain Hoses 233

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Front Water Drain Hose

ot p
wit
, is n
The front water drain hoses -2- run into the A-pillars and end in
h re
hole
the plenum chamber.

spec
es, in part or in w
– Clean starting from the rear drain grommet -6- using the Drain
t to the co
Snake - VAS6620- .
Rear Water Drain Hose
rrectness of i
The rear water drain hoses -1- run through the C-pillars and end
l purpos
in the rear outer floor panel.

nform
ercia
Note
m
at
om
io
For vehicles for the “USA and Canada market” the left water drain hose ends at the rear of the left wheel housing.
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
– Remove the rear bumper cover of the corresponding models.

p
cum
or
Refer to
f
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– For all vehicles clean starting from the rear drain grommet
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
-5- using the Drain Snake - VAS6620- . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.3 Water Drain Hoses, Removing and Installing
Note
For vehicles for the “USA and Canada” market the left water drain hose ends at the rear of the left wheel housing.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
Remove the Front Water Drain Hose

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
– Remove the A-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.

t.
yi Co
op
70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; A-Pillar Trim Panel, Re‐ C py
ht. rig
moving and Installing . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Remove headliner. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pull the front water drain hose -2- from the clips -4- and the
drain grommet -6-.
Remove the Rear Water Drain Hose
– Remove the C-pillar trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; C-Pillar Trim Panel,
2. Water Drain Hoses 235

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Pull the rear water drain hose -1- from the clips -4- andolkthe
sw not
yV gu
drain grommet -5-. se
d b ara
nte
ri
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3 Special Tools
♦ Blade, L-shaped, 19 mm - VAG1561/21-

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
♦ Drain Snake - VAS6620-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
ot g
63 – Bumpers
o
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
1 Front Bumper
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Bumper Cover”, page 239
y li
erm
ab
ility
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Attachments”, page 240
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Impact Absorber”, page 248
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “1.4 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 248
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “1.5 Bumper Cover, Servicing”, page 251
⇒ “1.6 Parking Aid Mount, Installing”, page 251
rrectness of i
1.1 Overview - Bumper Cover
l purpos
nf
ercia
Note
orm
m
atio
m
The bumper cover liner may differ slightly depending on the model.
o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
1 - Bumper Cover
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
❑ PP/EPDM material
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
ling. Refer to
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Removing and Instal‐ Prote AG.
ling”, page 248 .

2 - Bolt
❑ 2.0 Nm
❑ Left and right
❑ Pointing upward
3 - Bolt
❑ 2.0 Nm
❑ 5 on each side
❑ Attached to the wheel
housing liner
4 - Bolt
❑ 2.0 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ Attached to the lock car‐
rier
1. Front Bumper 239

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.2 Overview - Attachments

⇒ “1.2.1 Overview - Attachments”, page 240
⇒ “1.2.2 Overview - Attachments, GTI/GTD”, page 242
⇒ “1.2.3 Overview - Attachments, e-Golf and GTE ”, page 244
⇒ “1.2.4 Overview - Attachments, R-Line ”, page 245
⇒ “1.2.5 Overview - Attachments, R ”, page 246
1.2.1 Overview - Attachments
Note
Depending on model version, slight deviations for attachments must be considered.
1 - Bumper Cover
ling. Refer to
ling”, page 248 .
2 - Support Piece
❑ Left for the headlamp
washer system
❑ Engaged in front bump‐
er cover
❑ To be removed only with AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
front bumper cover re‐ byV
ol not
gu
ara
moved rised
nte
ho eo
ut
3 - Fog Lamp Trim ss a ra
c
❑ Left
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
❑ Pull forward out of the

itte
y li
catch.
rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n

h re

hole
spec
log.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4 - Left Trim Cover

❑ Pull the spoiler exten‐
sion forward out of the
rrectness of i
retainers in the bumper

cover; it is not necessa‐
l purpos
ry to remove the bumper

cover
nform
ercia
5 - Spoiler Bracket
m
a
com
❑ To be removed only with

ion in
front bumper cover re‐

r
te o
thi
moved
s
iva
do
r
rp
6 - Center Air Grille

um
fo
en
g
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
7 - License Plate Holder ht. rig
rig ht
py by
❑ Not installed on all models for all markets.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
240 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
8 - Clips
❑ Different quantity for mounting
9 - Right Trim Cover
❑ Pull the spoiler extension forward out of the retainers in the bumper cover; it is not necessary to remove
the bumper cover
10 - Fog Lamp Trim
❑ Right
❑ Pull forward out of the catch.
11 - Support Piece
❑ Right for the headlamp washer system
❑ Engaged in front bumper cover
❑ To be removed only with front bumper cover removed
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Front Bumper 241

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ orise nte
h eo
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015aut ra
c
ss
ce
le
1.2.2 Overview - Attachments, GTI/GTD
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Depending on model version, slight deviations for attachments must be considered.
spec
t to the co
1 - Bumper Cover
rrectne
s
ling. Refer to
s o
cial p
f in
form
mer
ling”, page 248 .
atio
m
2 - Support Piece
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
❑ Left for the headlamp
te
sd
a
washer system
iv
o
pr
cum
r
❑ Engaged in bumper
fo
en
ng
cover
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
bumper cover removed p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
3 - Spoiler Bracket Prote AG.

bumper cover removed
4 - Front Spoiler
❑ Left
log.
6 - Trim
❑ Left
catch.
log.
7 - Left Trim Cover
❑ To be removed only with bumper cover removed
8 - License Plate Holder
9 - Clips
❑ Different quantity for mounting

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
11 - Clips lkswage es n
o ot g
❑ Different quantity for mounting byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
12 - Trim auth or
ac
ss
❑ Right
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
13 - Right Trim Cover
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
14 - Frame es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ For the sensor
15 - Front Spoiler
rrectness of i
❑ Right
l purpos

16 - Support Piece
nform
ercia
❑ Right for the headlamp washer system

m
a
❑ Engaged in bumper cover
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Front Bumper 243

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.2.3 Overview - Attachments, “e-Golf” and “GTE”
1 - Front Bumper Cover

ling. Refer to
ling”, page 248 .
2 - Support Piece, Left
❑ For the headlamp wash‐
er system
cover
3 - Cover Cap, Left gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
swa does
❑ For the headlamp wash‐yV
olk not
gu
er system ris
ed b ara
nt ee
tho or
4 - Spoiler au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt

du
an
itte
y li
erm
5 - Daytime Running Lamps

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
ling. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐

es, in part or in w
t to the co
cal Equipment; Rep. Gr.

94 ; Headlamp; Over‐
view - Headlamp .
rrectness of i

l purpos

nform
ercia
log.
m
at

om
ion
c
in t
❑ To be removed only with daytime running lamps and trim removed

or
his
ate
do
riv
7 - Trim
p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
8 - Chrome Trim Strip C py
ht. rig
rig ht
❑ Part of the center air grille py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.

10 - Clips
❑ Quantity of 4 to 5, depending on the model of the license plate holder
12 - Trim

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw Golf 2013 no➤
t gu, e-Golf 2014 ➤
byV ara
rised
Body Exterior - Edition nte 05.2015
ho eo
aut ra
13 - Daytime Running Lamps ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Headlamp; Overview - Head‐
rm
ab
lamp .
pe
ility
ot
wit
14 - Support Piece, Right
, is n
h re
hole
❑ For the headlamp washer system
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
1.2.4 Overview - Attachments, “R-Line”
l purpos
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
ling. Refer to
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
um
fo
ling”, page 248 .
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
er system Prote
cted AG.
agen
cover
3 - Cover cap, Left
er system
4 - Trim for the Left Fog Lamp
catch.
5 - Spoiler
6 - Trim Strip Chrome, Left
log.
8 - Trim Chrome, Center
9 - Clips
❑ Quantity: 4
11 - Trim Strip Chrome, Right
12 - Trim for the Right Fog Lamp
1. Front Bumper 245

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
13 - Towing Eyelet Cap

14 - Cover Cap, Right
1.2.5 Overview - Attachments, “R”

ling. Refer to
ling”, page 248 .
er system
cover
bumper cover removed n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
3 - End Plate, Left ir se
d b ran
o tee
❑ Engaged in bumper auth or
ac
cover ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du
an

itte
y li
erm
ab
4 - Cover Cap, Left

ility
ot p
wit

, is n
h re
er system
hole
spec
5 - Cover, Left
es, in part or in w
t to the co
cover
rrectness of i

l purpos
6 - Spoiler
nf
ercia

orm
m
atio
7 - Trim Strip Chrome, Left

om
n in
or c
8 - Trim Chrome, Center

thi
te
sd
iva
9 - Clips
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
❑ Quantity: 4
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
11 - Trim Strip Chrome, Right

13 - Trim Cover, Right
15 - End Plate, Right
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
❑ To be removed only with bumper ocover
lksw removed
oes
no t gu
V
by ara
16 - Cover Cap, Right ris
ed nte
ho eo
❑ For the headlamp washer
au system
t ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Front Bumper 247

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.3 Overview - Impact Absorber
1 - Impact Member
2 - Guide
❑ Left and right
3 - Hex Nut
❑ 2.0 Nm
4 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
5 - Bolt
❑ 55 Nm n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
❑ Quantity: 4 on each sidey Volks ot g
u b ara
ed nte
6 - Pedestrian Protectiontho
ris e or
u
❑ Not installed inssall
a
mar‐ ac
kets.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
7 - Blind Rivet
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ Left and right
ility
ot p
❑ Tighten using the Pop

wit
is n
h re
Rivet Pliers -
ole,
VAG1753A-
spec
8 - Foam Piece
t to the co
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Not installed in all mod‐
rrectne
els
9 - Butyl Strips
ss o
cial p
❑ Quantity 3 with adhe‐

f in
sive film
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
1.4 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Volkswagen R GmbH “R-Line” and “R” optional equipment C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Special tools and workshop equipment required cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
Note
Slight changes may have to be made to removal and installation

procedures of front bumper cover, depending upon equipment
installed in vehicle.
Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove the radiator grille. Refer to

wit
is n
⇒ “1.3 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing”, page 314 .

h re
ole,
– Remove the left and right bolts -2- inside the wheel housing
spec
(facing up).
t to the co
– Remove the left and right bolts -3-.

– Remove the bolts -4- from underneath.
rrectne

cedure.
ss o
cial p
– Pull the bumper cover -1- out of the guides on the left and right
inform
sides of the fender -arrows a-.

mer
atio
m
– Loosen the hooks -b arrows- from the lock carrier.

o
n
c
i
or
– Remove the bumper cover -1- from the vehicle so that it is

thi
te
sd
a
parallel -arrows c-.

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Disconnect the hose coupling from the windshield washer fluid

en
ng
t.
hose (if equipped). Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr.
yi Co
op
92 ; Headlamp Washer System; Overview - Headlamp Wash‐
C py
t. rig
gh
er System .
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Disconnect the connector from electric components (as equip‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
ped).
1. Front Bumper 249

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Information regarding the parking aid. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐

ment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Parking Aid .
Information regarding the parallel parking assist. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
trical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Parallel Parking Assist .
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installation is only possible with a second technician.
– Disconnect the connectors from any electrical components.
Note
When installing the bumper cover pay attention that the front wheel housing liner is seated correctly.
– Guide the bumper cover -1- parallel on the lock carrier

-a arrows-, until the hook engages.
– Push the bumper cover -1- into the left and right guides -5- on
the fender until it locks -arrow b-.
– Pay attention to the gap dimensions. Refer to ⇒ Body Repair;

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.5 Bumper Cover, Servicing
Note
If the bumper cover is damaged, first determine if it is possible to

repair the plastic before installing a new cover.
Refer to ⇒ General Information; Body Repairs, Body Collision

Repair
1.6 Parking Aid Mount, Installing

♦ PDC Holder Tool Set - VAS6614B-
♦ Hand Cartridge Gun - VAS5155-
Materials
♦ 2K-Plastic-Adhesive Refer to Parts Catalog
♦ Bonding Agent for Plastic Refer to Parts Catalog
♦ Cleaning Solution Refer to Parts Catalog
♦ Primer Applicator Refer to Parts Catalog
Note
♦ Follow the manufacturer instructions supplied in the packag‐

ing.
♦ Observe minimum curing time.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Bracket, Installing ed by
V gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
Note s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
After the bumper cover is painted, install the mount.

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
251
cted agen
Prote
1. Front Bumper
AG.
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
The 4 markings for the bracket -1- are found on the inside of the
h re
hole
bumper cover.
spec
es, in part or in w
– Determine the central point -2-, if not already present.

t to the co
– Drill the holes from inside outward with a tool set and supplied
drill -3-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Position the hole stamper with the bolt head -1-, washer -2-
and counterholder-3- on the inside of the bumper cover -5-.
– Install the iron punch -4- almost up to the bumper cover.
– Push the iron punch -4- on the bumper cover.
– Tighten the hole stamper -1-.
Note
The iron punch -4- cannot rotate on the bumper cover paint.
– By turning on the bolt head-1-, the iron punch -4- is pulled

through the bumper cover material -5- -arrows-.
– Remove the hole stamper and stamp the next hole.
– Always clean the bumper cover and the mount thoroughly with
cleaning solution.
Note
Apply no more that approximately 1 cm of adhesive to the top.
1. Front Bumper 253

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lightly grind the inside of the bumper cover -6- and thoroughly
clean it.
– Thinly apply the bonding agent for the plastic to the bumper
cover and mount and let it set for 10 minutes.
– Slide the mount -8- onto the centering drift -1- and push
through the bumper cover -6-.
– Remove the counterholder -4- and lightly tighten the knurled
nut -5-.
– Remove the clamping clip -3- and position the knurled nut
-2-, do not tighten.
– All the mounts are prepared in this way.
Note
The adhesive cannot run up to the bend.
– Apply adhesive as shown in the illustration and tighten the

knurled nut -2-.
– After the minimum curing time, remove all centering drifts.
6) Minimum Curing Time

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Volksw Golf
not2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
gu
y
rise
d b
Body Exteriorara - Edition 05.2015
nte
tho eo
au ra
Wait 30 minutes for the minimum curing
ss time before performing c
any further work on the bumper cover and the mount.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
The bumper cover must stay in place and may not be moved dur‐
y li
erm
ab
ing this time.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Front Bumper 255

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2 Rear Bumper
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Bumper Cover”, page 256
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Bumper Cover Guides”, page 257
⇒ “2.3 Overview - Attachments”, page 258
⇒ “2.4 Overview - Impact Absorber”, page 262
⇒ “2.6 Impact Member, Removing and Installing”, page 267
⇒ “2.7 Bumper Cover, Servicing”, page 268
⇒ “2.8 Parking Aid Mount, Installing”, page 268
2.1 Overview - Bumper Cover
Note
The bumper cover liner may differ slightly depending on the model.
1 - Bumper Cover
ling. Refer to
ling”, page 263 . AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
2 - Guide ised b ara
nte
or
❑ right and left aut
h eo
ra
s c
❑ There are different ver‐ s
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an

itte
y li
log .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
3 - Guide
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Right and left tail lamp

hole
assembly
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

log.
rrectness of i
4 - Center guide
l purpos
5 - Bolt
nf
ercia
❑ Left and right

orm
❑ Pointing upward
m
atio
m
❑ Attached to the side

o
n in
or c
panel
thi
te
sd
a
❑ 2.0 Nm
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
6 - Bolt
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Quantity: 3 on each side Cop py
ht. rig
❑ Attached to the wheel
rig ht
py by
o Vo
housing liner by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ 2 Nm

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
7 - Expanding Rivet
❑ Quantity: 4
2.2 Overview - Bumper Cover Guides

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note lksw
agen oes
not
o
byV gu
ara
ed
There are different versions. For allocation. Referthto
o the Parts Catalog .
ris nte
eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
1 - Guide
an
itte
y li
❑ right and left
erm
ab
ility
ot p
2 - Hex Nut
wit
, is n
h re
❑ 3.5 Nm
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3 - Guide
❑ Right and left tail lamp
assembly
rrectness of i
4 - Hex Nut
l purpos
❑ 3.5 Nm
nf
ercia
orm
5 - Center Guide
m
atio
om
n in
c
6 - Hex Nut
or
thi
e
❑ 3.5 Nm
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
❑ Quantity: 4
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Bumper 257

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.3 Overview - Attachments

⇒ “2.3.1 Overview - Attachments”, page 258
⇒ “2.3.2 Overview - Attachments, GTI/GTD”, page 259
⇒ “2.3.3 Overview - Attachments, R-Line ”, page 260
⇒ “2.3.4 Overview - Attachments, R ”, page 261
⇒ “2.3.5 Overview - Wheel Housing Liner Bracket Adapter R-Line
and R ”, page 262
2.3.1 Overview - Attachments lksw

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
o
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
1 - Bumper Cover ut
ho eo
ra
a c
❑ PP/EPDM material ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
ling. Refer to
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
ling”, page 263 .
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
cover
3 - Right Rear Reflector
rrectness of i
❑ Secured to bumper cov‐
er
l purpos

nform
ercia
4 - License Plate Lamps

m
at
om
io
❑ Quantity: 2
n
c
in t
or
❑ Removing. Refer to ⇒
his
ate
Electrical Equipment;
do
priv
c
Rep. Gr. 94 ; License
um
for
Plate Lamp .
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
5 - Spoiler
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
❑ Material PC/ABS copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Secured to bumper cov‐ Prote AG.
er
log.
6 - Left Rear Reflector
er

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.3.2 Overview - Attachments, GTI/GTD
1 - Bumper Cover
ling. Refer to
ling”, page 263 .
2 - Rear Reflector
❑ right and left agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Secured to bumper by
V cov‐
o gu
ara
er rised
nte
ho eo
❑ To be removed
s aut only with ra
c
bumpers cover removed
ce
e
nl
pt
du
3 - Bolts
an
itte
y li
❑ 1.5 Nm
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
4 - Adapter
hole
spec
❑ Connects the spoiler
es, in part or in w
with the bumper cover
t to the co
❑ Additional step. Refer to
⇒ page 266 .
rrectness of i
5 - Spring Nut
l purpos

6 - Spoiler
nform
ercia
❑ Material PC/ABS
m
at
om

ion
c
er
in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv

p
cum
for

en
ng
t.
yi Co
sions. For allocation. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
log.
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
7 - Clips
Prote AG.
❑ Quantity: 4
❑ Different numbers for attaching are possible.
9 - Adapter
❑ Connects the spoiler with the bumper cover
❑ Additional step. Refer to ⇒ page 266 .
10 - Spring Nut
2. Rear Bumper 259

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.3.3 Overview - Attachments, “R-Line”
1 - Bumper Cover
ling. Refer to agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
⇒ “2.5 Bumper Cover, Volksw not
gu
y
Removing and Instal‐ d b ara
ise nte
ling”, page 263 . thor eo
au ra
c
2 - Towing Eyelet Cap ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
cover
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
❑ Not installed on all mod‐
h re
els for all markets.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
log.
rrectness of i
4 - Clips
l purpos
❑ Quantity: 4
❑ Different numbers for at‐
nform
ercia
taching are possible.

m
5 - Rear Reflector, Right
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
er
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
6 - Adapter, Right t. Cop py
rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
bumper cover removed.
co lksw
by
cted agen
Refer to Prote AG.
⇒ “2.3.5 Overview -
Wheel Housing Liner
Bracket Adapter R-Line
and R ”, page 262 .
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Removing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; License Plate Lamp .
8 - Diffuser
❑ Made of PP+EPDM
❑ Secured to bumper cover
9 - Adapter, Left
❑ To be removed only with bumper cover removed. Refer to
⇒ “2.3.5 Overview - Wheel Housing Liner Bracket Adapter R-Line and R ”, page 262 .
10 - Rear Reflector, Left

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.3.4 Overview - Attachments, “R”

1 - Bumper Cover lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
❑ PP/EPDM material ir se
d b ran
o tee
❑ Removing and instal‐ auth or
ac
ling. Refer to ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
ling”, page 263 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
cover
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

log.
nf
ercia
o
4 - Clips
rm
m
atio
❑ Quantity: 4
om
n in
c
❑ Different numbers for at‐

or
thi
e
taching are possible.

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
5 - Rear Reflector, Right
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
er
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ To be removed only with p by
co Vo
lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
6 - Adapter, Right
bumper cover removed.
Refer to
⇒ “2.3.5 Overview -
Wheel Housing Liner
Bracket Adapter R-Line
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Removing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; License Plate Lamp .
8 - Diffuser
❑ Made of PP+EPDM
9 - Adapter, Left
❑ To be removed only with bumper cover removed. Refer to
⇒ “2.3.5 Overview - Wheel Housing Liner Bracket Adapter R-Line and R ”, page 262 .
10 - Rear Reflector, Left
2. Rear Bumper 261

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.3.5 Overview - Wheel Housing Liner Brack‐

et Adapter “R-Line” and “R”
Note
The illustration shows the procedure for the left side. The proce‐
dure for the right side is identical.
1 - Bumper Cover
ling. Refer to
ling”, page 263 .
2 - Wheel Housing Liner Brack‐
et Adapter
❑ Right and left swage
es n
olk ot g
yV
3 - Bolt d b ua
ran
ir se tee
❑ 2.0 Nm utho
or
a ac
ss
4 - Spring Nut
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
2.4 Overview - Impact Absorber cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1 - Impact Member
log.
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Impact Member,
ling”, page 267 .
❑ Vehicles with trailer
AG. Volkswagen AG d
hitch. Refer to ksw
agen oes
not
l
⇒ “10.1 Overview - Trail‐byV
o gu
ara
er Hitch”, page 402ris .
ed
nte
ho eo
ut
2 - Bolt ss
a ra
c
❑ Quantity: 4 on right
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
❑ Quantity: 3 on left
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ 20 Nm + 90°
ility
ot p
wit
3 - Foam Piece
, is n
h re
❑ Is engaged with the im‐
hole
spec
pact member -1-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
log.
4 - Cap
nf
ercia
or
❑ Not on the trailer hitch
m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
2.5 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Removing and installing the bumper cover may slightly differ de‐
pending on the model.

Removing
2. Rear Bumper 263

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
– Remove the tail lamps inside the side panel. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐ his
ate
trical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Tail Lamps; Tail Lamp, Re‐

do
priv
moving and Installing .

um
for
en
ng
t.
– Remove the left and right bolts -3- inside the wheel housing
yi Co
op py
(facing up). t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Remove the left and right wheel housing liner bolts -4-.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the expanding rivets -5- from underneath.
cedure.
– Remove the bumper cover -1- out of the guides -2- on the left
and right sides of the side panel -arrows a-.
– Loosen the bumper cover -1- upward from the catches
-b arrows-.
– Remove the bumper cover -1- from the vehicle so that it is
parallel -arrows c-.
– Disconnect the connectors from any electric components (if
present).
Information regarding the parking aid. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐
ment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Parking Aid .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Information regarding the parallel parking assist. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐

trical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Parallel Parking Assist .
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Installation is only possible with a second technician. Prote AG.
– If equipped, connect the electrical component connections.

– Guide the bumper cover -1- parallel to the vehicle -arrows a-.
– Push the bumper cover -1- into the left and right guides -5- on
the side panel until it locks -arrow b-.
– Pay attention to the gap dimensions. Refer to ⇒ Body Repair;
– Install the expanding rivets -4- from underneath.
– Install the tail lamps inside the side panel. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Tail Lamps; Tail Lamp, Removing
and Installing .
– Additional step for the GTI and GTD models. Refer to
⇒ page 266 .
2. Rear Bumper 265

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Additional step for the “R-Line” and “R” models. Refer to

⇒ “2.3.5 Overview - Wheel Housing Liner Bracket Adapter R-
Line and R ”, page 262 .
Adapter, Removing and Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Removing
rrectne

s
– Loosen the catches -a arrows- and the adapter -1- from the
s o
spoiler -3- and remove the bumper cover -4- -arrow b-.
cial p
f inform
Installing
mer
atio
m
– Check the spring nuts -2-.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
– Push the adapter -1- on the bumper cover -4- and engage with
te
sd
a
the spoiler -3-.

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Tighten the bolts -5-.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.6 Impact Member, Removing and Instal‐

ling
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in

r
te o
thi
– Lift the impact member -1- upward -arrows- from the tabs -3-
s
iva
do
r
in the back panel.

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
Installing
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Bumper 267

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
– Guide the impact member -1- with the guides -4- from up
agen
Prote AG.
downward -arrows- in the tabs -3- in the back panel.
2.7 Bumper Cover, Servicing
Note
If the bumper cover is damaged, first determine if it is possible to

repair the plastic before installing a new cover.
Refer to ⇒ General Information; Body Repairs, Body Collision

Repair
2.8 Parking Aid Mount, Installing


Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Materials
♦ 2K-Plastic-Adhesive Refer to Parts Catalog
♦ Bonding Agent for Plastic Refer to Parts Catalog
♦ Cleaning Solution Refer to Parts Catalog
♦ Primer Applicator Refer to Parts Catalog
Note
♦ Follow the manufacturer instructions supplied in the packag‐

ing.
♦ Observe minimum curing time.
Bracket, Installing
Note
After the bumper cover is painted, install the mount.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
269
agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Bumper
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
The 4 markings for the bracket -1- are found on the inside of the
bumper cover.
– Determine the central point -2-, if not already present.
– Drill the holes from inside outward with a tool set and supplied
drill -3-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
– Position the hole stamper with the bolt head -1-, washer -2-
p
cum
or
and counterholder-3- on the inside of the bumper cover -5-.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Install the iron punch -4- almost up to the bumper cover. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Push the iron punch -4- on the bumper cover. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Tighten the hole stamper -1-. Prote AG.
Note
The iron punch -4- cannot rotate on the bumper cover paint.
– By turning on the bolt head-1-, the iron punch -4- is pulled

through the bumper cover material -5- -arrows-.
– Remove the hole stamper and stamp the next hole.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Always clean the bumper cover and the mount thoroughly with
cleaning solution.
Note
Apply no more that approximately 1 cm of adhesive to the top.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Lightly grind the inside of the bumper cover -6- and thoroughly
m
clean it.
a
com
tion in
– Thinly apply the bonding agent for the plastic to the bumper
r
te o
thi
cover and mount and let it set for 10 minutes.

s
iva
do
r
rp
– Slide the mount -8- onto the centering drift -1- and push
um
fo
en
through the bumper cover -6-.

ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove the counterholder -4- and lightly tighten the knurled t. C rig
gh ht
nut -5-. pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Remove the clamping clip -3- and position the knurled nut Prote AG.
-2-, do not tighten.
– All the mounts are prepared in this way.
2. Rear Bumper 271

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ ed b ara
nte
ris
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Note
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
The adhesive cannot run up to the bend.
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Apply adhesive as shown in the illustration and tighten the
spec
knurled nut -2-.
t to the co
– After the minimum curing time, remove all centering drifts.
7) Minimum Curing Time
rrectne
Wait 30 minutes for the minimum curing time before performing
any further work on the bumper cover and the mount.
ss o
The bumper cover must stay in place and may not be moved dur‐
cial p
f in
ing this time.
form
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3 Special Tools
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
64 – Glass, Window Regulators

1 Repair Information
⇒ “1.1 Minimum Curing Time for Bonded Windows”, page 274
⇒ “1.2 Window Glass, Servicing”, page 274
⇒ “1.3 Bonded Window Glass Installation Instructions”,
page 275
⇒ “1.4 Undamaged Window Glass, Preparing for Installation”,
page 276
⇒ “1.5 New Window Glass, Preparing for Installation”,
page 277
⇒ “1.6 Body Flange, Preparing for Installation”, page 278
⇒ “1.7 Adhesive, Removing”, page 279
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
1.1 Minimum Curing Time for Bonded Win‐ d byV
ol not
gu
ara
dows ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
WARNING
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
There are special requirements for replacing bonded windows.
ab
ility
This includes, for example, a newly bonded windshield is safe
ot p
wit
for vehicle operation also in case of an accident after a speci‐
, is n
h re
fied minimum curing time.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The minimum curing time for 2K window adhesive is 2 hours for
all windows.
rrectness of i
Curing time means the time from when the window is bonded to
when the vehicle is put back into use. During this time, the vehicle
l purpos
must be on a level surface at room temperature (at least 15 °C

(59 °F)).
nform
ercia
WARNING
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
r

o
his
te

a
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
1.2 Window Glass, Servicing Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Note Prote AG.
♦ If the windshield is damaged, before replacing, see if it is pos‐

sible to repair the glass.
♦ Damaged windshields can be repaired with the Window Re‐
pair Kit - VAS6092- .
♦ The damage may not exceed a certain size and location.
♦ Work instructions are included with every window repair kit.

♦ Window Repair Kit - VAS6092-
274 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.3 Bonded Window Glass Installation In‐

structions
⇒ “1.3.1 Installation Instructions”, page 275
⇒ “1.3.2 Materials”, page 275
1.3.1 Installation Instructions

– Apply adhesive -1- all the way around
n AG. Volkat
swaagright
en AG angle to the
glass -2-. lkswage does
not
Vo gu
by ara
ed nte
oris
WARNING
au
th eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
Window must be installed within 10 minutes, otherwise bond‐

nl
pt
du
an
ing properties of window adhesive will be impaired.
itte
y li
erm
ab
Do not apply adhesive bead too thickly and do not press win‐
ility
ot p
dows too firmly on to body flange. Since windows no longer
wit
, is n
have a sealing lips, surplus adhesive can be seen in gap area.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ With help of two Double Suction Lifter - VAG1344- install win‐
dow in window opening, center and press in onto the spacing
lip.
rrectness of i
♦ Apply any stickers (for example, for airbag).
l purpos
nf
ercia
1.3.2 Materials orm

m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
Note
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
For the part numbers for the different materials. Refer to the Parts
t.
yi Co
Catalog. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
♦ 2K window adhe‐ Refer to #1 ⇒ page 276 . Refer to # 2
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
sive ⇒ page 276 . Refer to # 3
AG.
⇒ page 276 . Refer to # 6

⇒ page 276
♦ 1K Window Adhe‐ Refer to # 1 ⇒ page 276 . Refer to #2
sive ⇒ page 276 . Refer to . # 4
⇒ page 276 Refer to # 5 ⇒ page 276
Refer to # 6 ⇒ page 276
♦ Activator Refer to # 1 ⇒ page 276 Refer to # 6
⇒ page 276
♦ Glass primer/paint Refer to # 1 ⇒ page 276 Refer to # 6
primer ⇒ page 276 .
♦ Cleaning Solution Refer to # 1 ⇒ page 276 Refer to # 6

⇒ page 276 .
♦ Primer Applicator Refer to # 1 ⇒ page 276 Refer to # 6
⇒ page 276 .
♦ Adhesive Remov‐ Refer to # 1 ⇒ page 276 Refer to # 6
er ⇒ page 276 .
♦ Cutting wire 357 Refer to # 6 ⇒ page 276 . Refer to # 7
853 999 ⇒ page 276
1. Repair Information 275

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
♦ Cutting Tool Refer to # 7

for Bonded ⇒ page 276
Windows -
Wire Reel
VAS6452/1
♦ Cutting wire Refer to # 7

6888/1 ⇒ page 276
1 Follow the manufacturer instructions supplied in the packaging.

2 Note the minimum curing time. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Minimum Curing Time for Bonded Windows”, page 274
3 To apply this material the Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237-
must be used.
4 Heat according to manufacturer's instructions using Grindstone
Holder - VAG1939A-
5 Small 180 ml cartridge for sealing and/or when a 400 ml double
cartridge is not enough.
6 For the part numbers of the different materials. Refer to the
Parts Catalog.
n AG . Volkswagen AG
7 Cutting cord and cutting wires are an alternative These ageare does
lksw not
meant to be used one time only. by
Vo gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
1.4 Undamaged Window Glass, Preparing ss
au ra
c
for Installation
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Adhesive Bead, Cutting
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
WARNING
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Do not yet treat the cut adhesive surface with the activator. Do
not prime. Do not use a cleaning solution.
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
♦ When reusing an undamaged window, cut the remaining ad‐

m
at
hesive sealant back to 1 to 2 mm shortly before rebonding. Do

om
io
not damage the primer and ceramic coating.

n
c
in t
or
his
e
♦ The remaining material acts as a base for the new adhesive

at
do
riv
to be applied.
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
WARNING
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Exception: If the bonding is going to be performed longer than
cted agen
Prote AG.
one day after cutting back the adhesive bead, then the remain‐
ing material must be activated with the Activator .
Apply the activator evenly in one stroke using the Applicator .
Do not let the activator come in contact with the paint because
this will damage the paint.
Drying time is approximately 10 minutes

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1.5 New Window Glass, Preparing for In‐

stallation
Note
♦ The application area for adhesive bead is not pre-coated and

not primed.
♦ The sealing lip is part of a new windshield.
♦ Not all windows are pre-coated.
– Clean window circumference to width of 20 mm all around us‐

ing Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- .
– Then dry the edge of the window with a lint-free cloth.
WARNING lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
The ceramic coating on the glass is not a hglass/paint
oris primer. tee
The ceramic layer must be primed befores authe applying the ad‐
t or
ac
hesive sealing. Use only glass/paint primer D 009 200 02.
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
– Apply primer -2- evenly in one stroke using Applicator - D 009
ab
ility
500 25- -1-.
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Drying time is approximately 10 minutes
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
Note
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
At the bottom the windshield the distance of the glass/paint primer and the adhesive bead to the opening for
pe
ility
the window changes.

ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Up to 150 mm -dimension a- the lower edge of the windshield

spec
is 6 mm -dimension b- to the outer edge.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– From there to radius the distance grows to 20 mm

-dimension d-.
rrectness of i
– Apply the dimension 10 mm -dimension c- to approximately

half the distance.
l purpos
1.6 Body Flange, Preparing for Installation

nform
mercia
WARNING
a
com
tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do
Do not yet treat the cut adhesive surface with the activator. Do
r
rp
cum
fo
not prime. Do not use a cleaning solution.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
278
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Cut back remaining material on the body flange using U-

Shape Scraper - VAG1561/3- , but do not remove all residue
under any circumstance.
Note
The remaining material acts as a base for the new adhesive to be

applied. Keep adhesive surfaces free of dirt and grease.
WARNING
Exception: If the bonding is going to be performed longer than

one day after cutting back the adhesive bead, then the remain‐
ing material must be activated with the Activator
wage
n AG. Volk. swagen AG do
es ks not
Vol
Apply the activator evenly in one
ed stroke using the Applicator .
by gu
ara
nte
is
or eo
Do not let the activator come
au
th in contact with the paint because ra
this will damage the paint.
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
Drying time is approximately 10 minutes
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ If the window flange is being repair or partially replaced, the
wit
is n
corresponding area must be clean and primed again before
h re
ole,
painting.
spec
t to the co
Note
rrectne
It is possible that the laser weld seam does not lie in the area of
the adhesive bead. In this case, the open weld seam must be
sealed with window adhesive before bonding the window.
ss o
cial p
f inform
– If the adhesive -1- does not cover the laser weld seam -3- on
mer
atio
the sheet metal flange -4-, then coat it -3- with Glass/Paint
om
Primer - D 009 200 02- -3-. Afterwards, fill the laser weld seam
n
c
i
or
with Window Adhesive - DH 009 100 A2- -1-.

thi
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
The paint structure after paint damage is reproduced according

t.
yi Co
to the repair manual “Paint”. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.7 Adhesive, Removing

– Use Adhesive Remover - D 002 000 10- as cleaning solution.
The safety precautions must be adhered to when working.
WARNING
When cleaning from vehicle interior out, the window just in‐
stalled must not be pressed outward.
– Wipe the paint surfaces with a clean cloth. Clean any remain‐
ing dirt with Adhesive Removal Solution - D 002 000 10- .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Clean the plastic trim: let the adhesive sealant harden for ap‐
proximately 1 hour and then peel it off.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2 Windshield AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
lksw not
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Windshield”, page 281 by V o gu
ara
d
ise nte
⇒ “2.2 Windshield, Removing and Installing”,
uthor
page 282 eo
a ra
s c
2.1 Overview - Windshield
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
1 - Windshield
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
ling. Refer to
h re
hole
⇒ “2.2 Windshield, Re‐
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 282 .
2 - PUR Adhesive Sealant
rrectness of i
❑ Bead diameter:
-Width b- = 7 mm
l purpos
-Height a- Height = 10
mm (including the pre‐
coating, residual materi‐
nform
ercia
al on the window and the

m
window flange)
at
om
io
❑ Minimum curing time.
n
c
in t
or
Refer to
his
ate
⇒ “1.1 Minimum Curing
do
priv
c
Time for Bonded Win‐
um
for
dows”, page 274 .
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
3 - Body Flange
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Paint damage, repair‐
p by
co Vo
by lksw
ing. Refer to ⇒ Paint; Prote
cted AG.
agen
Rep. Gr. 00
4 - Drip Rail
5 - Gap Dimension
❑ Must be even
6 - Seal
7 - Communication Window
❑ Only with tinted glass
8 - Window Adjuster
❑ 443 845 631 A
❑ Remove 2 hours after
installing the windshield
9 - Retainer
❑ Is a part of the windshield
❑ Must only be pulled out of binding profile by hand.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.4 Plenum Chamber Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 22 .
11 - Connector
❑ For the windshield defogger.
2. Windshield 281
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.2 Windshield, Removing and Installing

⇒ “2.2.1 Windshield, Removing and Installing”, page 282
⇒ “2.2.2 Damaged Windshield, Removing”, page 288
2.2.1 Windshield, Removing and Installing
Note
♦ Removing bonded windows is described in Flush Bonded

Window Kit - VAG1474 B- .
♦ The Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows - VAS6452- can also
be used.
♦ The Bearing Installer - Differential Bearing - VAS6888- can
also be used.

♦ Flush Bonded Window Kit - VAG1474 B- or Cutting Tool for
Bonded Windows - VAS6452-
♦ Double Suction Lifter - VAG1344-
♦ Bonded Window Tool Kit - VAG1351-
♦ Window Removing Kit - VAG1755-
♦ Cartridge Gun - VAG1628-
♦ Grindstone Holder - VAG1939-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ Window Cutter - VAG1561 A- lksw
agen oes
not
o
byV gu
♦ Window Cutter - Saw Blade - VAG1561/2- rised ara
nte
tho eo
♦ Window Cutter - Saw Blade - VAG1561/8- s au ra
c
s
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
♦ Window Cutter - Blade (2 pc.) - VAG1561/19-

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Removing
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the A-pillar upper left and right trim. Refer to ⇒ Body
es, in part or in w
Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; A-Pillar

t to the co

– Remove the left and right sun visors. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
rrectness of i
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Equipment; Sun Visor, Removing and Installing .

l purpos
– Remove the interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;

Rep. Gr. 68 ; Interior Rearview Mirror; Interior Rearview Mir‐
ror, Removing and Installing .
nform
ercia
– For vehicles with a Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera

m
at
om
- R242- , remove the front camera. Refer to ⇒ Electrical

ion
c
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Driver Assistance Systems Front

in t
or
his
e
Camera; Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Removing

at
do
riv
and Installing .
p
cum
for
– Lower the headliner near the windshield. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐

en
ng
t.
yi Co
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Roof Trim Panels; Headliner, Removing Cop py
and Installing . ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
– The headliner can now be lowered far enough so that wind‐
by lksw
cted agen
shield can be cut out without damaging headliner.
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Remove the plenum chamber cover. Refer to

page 22 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
For vehicles with a windshield defogger

in t
or
his
ate
– Remove the hex nut -6- and attach the wire -5- to the wind‐
do
priv
shield.
um
for
en
ng
t.
– Disconnect the connectors -1 and 3-.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Attach the wires -2 and 4- to the windshield.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Windshield 283
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Install the Cover for Audi A4 Dash Panel - VAG1474/8- be‐

tween the windshield and the instrument panel.
nform
ercia
– Pull the cutting wire -1- with the Flush Bonded Window Kit -
m
a
Awl - VAG1474/2- through the adhesive inside the passenger
com
tio
compartment.
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Secure the cutting wire end from being pulled out using the
Bonded Window Tool Kit - Pull Handle - VAG1351/1- -3-.
– Insert cutting cord -2- into window flange using small tube
-1-.
– Lay the cutting cord around windshield.
– Make sure that the cutting wire is inserted under windshield at
corners.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Secure the thread ends -4- on the Cutting Tool for Bonded
Windows - VAS6452- -1-.
2. Windshield 285
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Place the cutting wire on the reel device suction cups

-arrow-.
– While cutting free, press cutting cord against window using
plastic wedge -2- in order to have clearance from window
flange and instrument cluster.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
– Install the Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows - VAS6452- in the

inform
lower corner of the windshield.

mer
atio
m
– Place the left Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows - VAS6452-

o
n
c
in order from “position I” to “position III” and cut free the

i
or
n thi
windshield.
te
sd
iva
o
pr
– Place the right Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows - VAS6452-

um
r
fo
in order from “position IV” to “position VI” and cut free the
en
ng
t.
yi
windshield.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Using two Double Suction Lifter - VAG1344- lift the windshield yri
p by
o Vo
from the vehicle.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Installing lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Note auth or
ac
ss
ce
e
♦ As an original equipment part, the windshield is delivered with the spacers.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ The spacers -1- remain installed in vehicles without a panorama sunroof.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ The seal -4- must be installed in vehicles with a panorama sunroof.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the spacer -1- with the seal.

– Bond the seal -4- on the edge of the windshield.
– For vehicles with a Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera
- R242- install the front camera. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐
ment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera;
Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Removing and In‐
stalling and calibrate the front camera. Refer to ⇒ Suspension,
Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 44 ; Driver Assistance Systems
Front Camera; Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Cal‐
ibrating .
2. Windshield 287
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Prepare the undamaged window for glazing. Refer to

page 276 .
– Prepare the new window for glazing. Refer to
page 277 .
– Prepare the window flange for glazing. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Body Flange, Preparing for Installation”, page 278 .
– Installing. Refer to
page 275 .
– Minimum curing time. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Minimum Curing Time for Bonded Windows”,
page 274 .
2.2.2 Damaged Windshield, Removing AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
lksw not
The procedure for removing a damaged windshield isd bidentical
yV
o
to gu
ara
removing a damaged rear window. Refer to orise nte
⇒ “3.2.2 Damaged Rear Window, Removing”, apage
ut
h 293 eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3 Rear Window
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Rear Window”, page 289
⇒ “3.2 Rear Window, Removing and Installing”, page 290
3.1 Overview - Rear Window
1 - Rear Window
❑ Removing and instal‐ lkswage es n
ling. Refer to d byV
o ot g
ua
⇒ “3.2 Rear Window,orise ran
tee
Removing and Instal‐ auth or
ac
ling”, page 290 . ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
❑ Bead diameter:
erm
ab
-Width b- = 7 mm
ility
ot p
-Height a- Height = 10
wit
, is n
mm (including the pre‐
h re
hole
coating, residual materi‐
spec
al on the window and the
es, in part or in w
t to the co
window flange)
Refer to
rrectness of i
l purpos
dows”, page 274 .

3 - Body Flange
nform
ercia
4 - Spacer
m
at
om
5 - Rear Window Defroster ion

c
in t
or
Connection
his
ate
do
riv
6 - Antenna Connection
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Rear Window 289

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3.2 Rear Window, Removing and Installing

⇒ “3.2.1 Rear Window, Removing and Installing”, page 290
⇒ “3.2.2 Damaged Rear Window, Removing”, page 293
3.2.1 Rear Window, Removing and Installing
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
♦ Removing bonded windows is described in Flush Bonded d byV gu
ara
Window Kit - VAG1474 B- . horise nte
eo
ut ra
The Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows - VAS6452- can also
a
♦ ss c
be used.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
also be used.
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
Removing
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
Note
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
If windshield is to be used again, make sure that electrical connections for windshield heating are not damaged.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– On vehicles with spoiler on the edge of the roof or a side spoiler

on the rear window, these must be removed beforehand.
– Remove the spoiler on the edge of the roof: Refer to
⇒ “2 Spoiler”, page 321 . Remove the side spoiler: Refer to
⇒ “2 Spoiler”, page 321
– Remove connections for heated rear window and window an‐
tennas.
Awl - VAG1474/2- on the position shown in the illustration
-arrow- inside through adhesive.
– Secure the cutting wire end with the Bonded Window Tool Kit
- Pull Handle - VAG1351/1- prior to removal.
– Lay the cutting wire around the rear window and guide the
second cord end toward the inside.
– Secure the cutting wire on the Cutting Tool for Bonded Win‐
dows - VAS6452- or the Window Reel Device - VAG1654 A- .
3. Rear Window 291

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
The protective film or the Flush Bonded Window Kit - Plastic Trim - VAG1474/15- must be used to protect the
positioned sheet metal flange.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
– Push the protective film -4- or the Flush Bonded Window Kit -
n
c
i
or
Plastic Trim - VAG1474/15- carefully between the rear window

thi
te
and the sheet metal flange.

sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
– Position the Window Reel Device - VAG1654 A- as shown.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Move the Window Reel Device - VAG1654 A- according to Cop py
. rig
position required and cut the rear window free at the top to
t
gh ht
yri by
both sides. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– While cutting free, press cutting cord -3- against window using
AG.
plastic Flush Bonded Window Kit - Wedge (5 pc.) -

VAG1474/5- in order to have clearance from the body flange.
– Cut free the rear window at the bottom.
– Hold the rear window with two suction lifter when cutting free.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Caution
More force will be needed because in the lower area of the rear
window two adhesive beads will be cut through.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Remove the rear window at the two suction
ed by
V
lifters from the rear gu
ara
window. horis nte
eo
aut ra
Installing ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
page 276 .
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
page 277 .
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Prepare the window flange for glazing. Refer to
– Installing. Refer to
rrectness of i
page 275 .
l purpos

nform
ercia
page 274 .
m
a
com
ti
– Install the spoiler on the edge of the roof (refer to
on in
⇒ “2 Spoiler”, page 321 ) and install the new side spoiler (refer
r
te o
thi
to ⇒ “2 Spoiler”, page 321 ).
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
3.2.2 Damaged Rear Window, Removing
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Protect body and interior from glass splinters. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove glass pieces from adhesive material. op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Remove harness connectors for glass defroster and antenna.
AG.
– Bond flange -2- all around with fabric reinforced adhesive tape.
– Cut the adhesive (with glass residue) in the window opening
with the Window Cutter - VAG1561 A- and the Window Cutter
- VAG1561- .
WARNING
Always wear protective goggles and leather gloves.
3. Rear Window 293

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
4 Side Windows
⇒ “4.1 Overview - Front Side Window”, page 294
⇒ “4.2 Overview - Rear Side Window”, page 295
⇒ “4.3 Front Side Window, Removing and Installing”, page 295
⇒ “4.4 Rear Side Window, Removing and Installing”, page 297
4.1 Overview - Front Side Window
1 - Centering Clip
2 - Clamp
❑ Quantity: 2
3 - Front Side Window
❑ Front Side Window, Re‐
moving. Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Front Side Win‐
dow, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 295 . agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
4 - Seal d by ara
rise nte
❑ Component part ut of front
ho eo
ra
side window.ss a c
ce
e
nl

pt
du
an
itte
y li
❑ Bead cross section:

erm
ab
width = 6.5 mm
ility
ot p
-dimension a- height =
wit
, is n
10 mm -dimension b-
h re
(including residual ma‐

hole
spec
terial on window glass

es, in part or in w
and window flange)

t to the co

Refer to
rrectness of i

l purpos
dows”, page 274 .

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
4.2 Overview - Rear Side Window
1 - Rear Side Window

❑ Rear Side Window, Re‐
moving. Refer to
⇒ “4.4 Rear Side Win‐
2 - Seal
❑ Is a component of the
rear side window.
❑ Bead diameter: Height =
10 mm -dimension b-
width = 6.5 mm
-dimension a- (including Volkswagen AG
pre-coating, residual swagen AG. does
material on windowby V olk not
gu
ara
glass and window rised
nte
flange) ut
ho eo
ra
a c
❑ Minimum curing
ss
time.
ce
le
Refer to
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
dows”, page 274 .
ility
ot
wit
, is n
4 - Body Flange
h re
hole
spec
5 - Gap Dimension
es, in part or in w
❑ Must be applied evenly. t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
4.3 Front Side Window, Removing and In‐

r
rp
cum
fo
stalling
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
⇒ “4.3.1 Front Side Window, Removing and Installing”,
t. rig
gh ht
yri
page 295
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
⇒ “4.3.2 Damaged Front Side Window, Removing”, page 297
Prote AG.
4.3.1 Front Side Window, Removing and Installing
WARNING
Always wear protective eyewear and leather gloves.
4. Side Windows 295

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
The Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows - Wire Reel - VAS6452/1- is used to remove the front side window.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– If equipped, pull the trim strip from the seal.

The surrounding components are to be protected from damage.
rrectness of i
– Place the cutting wire -2- around the front side window -1-.
l purpos
– Secure the cutting wire ends with the Bonded Window Tool Kit
- Pull Handle - VAG1351/1- -3-.
nform
ercia
– Cut through the adhesive bead using “sawing” movements

m
at
om
-arrows- with the Bonded Window Tool Kit - Pull Handle -

on
c
VAG1351/1- .
in t
or
his
ate
Installing
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
page 276 . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG d
– Prepare the new Vol window for glazing. Refer oto
ksw
oes
n t
gu
⇒ “1.5 New ed byWindow Glass, Preparing for Installation”,
ara
nte
page t277
horis . eo
au ra
– Prepare
ss the body flange for glazing. Refer to c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
– Installation instructions. Refer to
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
page 275 .
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
page 274 .
t to the co
4.3.2 Damaged Front Side Window, Remov‐
ing
rrectness of i
l purpos
The procedure for removing a damaged front side window is

identical to the removal of a damaged rear window. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.2 Damaged Rear Window, Removing”, page 293 .
nform
ercia
4.4 Rear Side Window, Removing and In‐

m
a
com
ti
stalling
on in
r
te o
thi
⇒ “4.4.1 Rear Side Window, Removing and Installing”,
s
iva
page 297 do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
⇒ “4.4.2 Damaged Rear Side Window, Removing”, page 299

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
4.4.1 Rear Side Window, Removing and In‐

t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
stalling
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ Removing the bonded windows is described using the Flush

Bonded Window Kit - VAG1474 B- .
♦ The Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows - VAS6452- can also
be used.
also be used.

♦ Cartridge Heater - VAG1939-
Removing
Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left

rear side window. Removing and installing the right rear side win‐
dow is identical.
4. Side Windows 297

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Remove the side trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.

Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; Component Location
Surrounding Components, Protecting from Damage
Awl - VAG1474/2- through the adhesive at the position shown
in the illustration.
– Press the seal to the side so that it is not damaged.
– Insert the cutting wire -3- behind the seal into the window
flange using the small tube -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Secure the wire end -3- to the Bonded Window Tool Kit - Pull
wit
, is n
Handle - VAG1351/1- -2- to counterhold.

h re
hole
– Pull the other wire end -2- through the adhesive as well. spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Secure the other wire end to the Window Reel Device -
VAG1654 A- -3-.
rrectness of i
– Cut the window free by moving the Window Reel Device -

VAG1654A- -3- accordingly.
l purpos
– While cutting, press the cutting wire against the window with
a plastic wedge in order to have clearance at the window
nf
ercia
flange.
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Instead of the Window Reel Device - VAG1654- -3-, the Win‐

dow Reel Device - VAG1654 A- -3- can also be used.
– One suction cup can be removed from the Window Reel De‐
vice - VAG1654- -3- as illustrated. By doing this, the roller of
the Window Reel Device - VAG1654 A- -3- can be placed
closer to window glass flange.
Installing
page 276 .
page 277 .
– Prepare the body flange for glazing. Refer to
– Installation instructions. Refer to
page 275 .
page 274 .
4.4.2 Damaged Rear Side Window, Remov‐

ing
The procedure for removing a damaged rear side window is iden‐
tical to the removal of a damaged rear window. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.2 Damaged Rear Window, Removing”, page 293 .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
299
by lksw
cted agen
Prote 4. Side Windows
AG.
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
5 Door Windows
⇒ “5.1 Overview - Front Door Window”, page 300
⇒ “5.2 Overview - Rear Door Window”, page 301
⇒ “5.3 Overview - Fixed Rear Door Window”, page 302
⇒ “5.4 Front Door Window, Removing and Installing”, page 302
⇒ “5.5 Rear Door Window, Removing and Installing”, page 306
⇒ “5.6 Rear Fixed Door Window, Removing and Installing”, page
310
5.1 Overview - Front Door Window
Note
1 - Front Door
2 - Door Window
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.4 Front Door Win‐
stalling”, page 302 . n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
3 - Door Inner Cover byV
o ot g
ua
d ran
❑ Removing and instal‐ ir se tee
tho
ling. Refer to au or
ac
⇒ “2.6 Door Inner Cover, ss
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
ling”, page 111 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
4 - Bolt
ility
ot p
wit
❑ 3 Nm
, is n
h re
❑ Quantity: 3
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
5 - Window Regulator Motor

❑ Removing and instal‐ t to the co
ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
Window Regulator Mo‐

l purpos
tor V14 / V15 , Remov‐

106 .
nf
ercia
or
6 - Cover
m
m
atio
m
7 - Retaining Hook
o
n in
or c
❑ Quantity: 2
thi
te
sd
iva
❑ For attaching the door

o
r
rp
cu
window on the window

o
m
f
en
ng
regulator
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. VolkswageGolf
n AG d2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
agen oes
Volksw Body Exterior
not - Edition 05.2015
gu
by ara
d
rise nte
5.2 Overview - Rear Door Window tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
1 - Rear Door
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
ling. Refer to
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
3 - Expanding Pin
rrectne
❑ Together with the
spreader plug for at‐
taching the door win‐
ss
dow.
o
cial p
f inform
4 - Spreader Plug
mer
❑ Together with the ex‐
atio
m
panding pin for attach‐

o
n
c
i
or
n
ing the door window.
thi
te
sd
va
5 - Window Regulator Motor

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
ling. Refer to
Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
Rear Window Regulator p by
co Vo
Motor V26 / V27 , Re‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
page 159 .
6 - Door Control Module
7 - Bolt
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.7 Door Inner Cover,
ling”, page 166 .
9 - Door Window
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “5.5 Rear Door Window, Removing and Installing”, page 306 .
5. Door Windows 301

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ d byV gu
ara
e
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 horis nte
eo
aut ra
ss c
5.3 Overview - Fixed Rear Door Window
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
1 - Fixed Door Window
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ling. Refer to
ole,
⇒ “5.6 Rear Fixed Door
spec
Window, Removing and
t to the co
2 - Seal
rrectne
❑ Part of the window
glass.
ss
3 - Bolt
o
cial p
f i
❑ 6 Nm
nform
mer
❑ Quantity: 2
atio
om
4 - Cap
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
❑ Quantity: 2
t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
5 - Door
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
6 - Retaining Clip
Co
Cop py
.
❑ Quantity: 2
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5.4 Front Door Window, Removing and In‐

stalling
Note

window. The left side is identical.
Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the door inner cover -3-. Refer to

page 111 .
rrectness of i
– Pry out the cable bushing.

l purpos
– Lower the door window -2- until the hook -7- in the door window
are accessible.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
Note
o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
♦ If it is not possible to do this because the window regulator motor is faulty, then remove the window regulator
iva
o
r
motor -5-.
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
♦ Then the door window can be moved.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
– Push the hooks -7- carefully through the opening in the window
py by
co Vo
by lksw
glass. While doing this slightly lift the door window, so that it Prote
cted AG.
agen
does not fall back into the hooks.
5. Door Windows 303

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
– Remove the door window -1- from the window regulator.

orm
m
atio
– Lift the rear door window -1- and remove it in from the window
om
guides -2- -arrow-.

n in
or c
thi
e
Installing
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Install the door window -1- into the window guides -2-
rrectness of i
-arrow-.
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
Make sure the door window is inserted correctly in the window guide.
m
a
com
tion in
– Guide the door window without pressure in the window regu‐

r
te o
thi
lator clamping brackets.

s
iva
do
r
rp
– Align the door window to the window frame.

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Door Windows 305

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
– Push the door window -1- in the clamping bracket until the
Co
Cop py
hooks -7- in the door window lock.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Check the function before installing the door inner cover, cable
bushing, and the door trim panel.
5.5 Rear Door Window, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear Door Trim Panels; Rear Door Trim Panel, pt
an
d
itte
Removing and Installing . y li

rm
ab
pe
– Remove the door inner cover -8-. ility

ot
wit
, is n
– Lower the door window -9- just enough until the expanding pin
h re
hole
-3- and the spreader plug -4- are accessible in the opening for
spec
the window regulator -2-.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
If the step is not possible due to a malfunction in the window regulator, the window regulator motor -5- is removed
l purpos
-7-. Then the window can be moved to the necessary position.

nform
ercia
– Screw in a 5 mm bolt (approx. 70 mm long) into spreader pin

-3- and pull the bolt with the expanding pin out from spreader
m
a
com
ti
plug -4-.
on in
r
te o
thi
– Now screw in a 8 mm bolt (approx. 80 mm long) into spreader

s
iva
plug -4-.
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Door Windows 307

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
Do not apply excessive pressure on the plug when installing the bolt into the plug. Otherwise it will fall inside
the door.
– Remove the spreader plug -3- from window regulator guide

-2- and thereby from door window.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the trim. Refer to

⇒ “3.7 Rear Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”, page
350 .
– Remove the front part of the window guide -2- from the mount.
– Remove the door window -1- upward at an angle -arrows- with
respect to the outside of the vehicle from the window shaft.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Installing
Note
♦ The spreader plug and spreader pin must be replaced when

performing assembly work on the door window.
♦ Check the window glass -1- for damage before installing the
spreader plug -3- and the expanding pin -4-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the spreader plug -4- with the window glass removed
-1- centered.
– Press in spreader pin -3- flush into spreader plug -4-.
– Install the door window -9- in the door -1- -arrows- and push
in the window regulator guide slot.
– Using light pressure from above engage the window glass
-1- in the window regulator -2-.
– Continue by performing the steps used in removal in reverse
order.
5. Door Windows 309

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– A function test must be performed before the door trim is in‐

stalled.
5.6 Rear Fixed Door Window, Removing

and Installing
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.

um
fo
Gr. 70 ; Rear Door Trim Panels; Rear Door Trim Panel, Re‐
en
ng
t.
yi
moving and Installing .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Remove the window shaft strip. Refer to yri
p by
o Vo
⇒ “2.14 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, by c lksw
cted agen
page 182 .
Prote AG.
– Remove the window guide. Refer to

⇒ “2.13 Window Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 179 .
– Pry out the cap -6-.
– Remove the seal -2- from the sheet metal flange.
– Guide the Window Release Tool - T10236- after each other
under both clips -3-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Push the door window -1- slightly out -arrow a- until the clips
-7- are pushed out of the door -4-.
– Remove the door window -1- and the bar -7- -arrow b- from
the door -4-.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Push the door window -1- into the door -arrow a-.
– Push the door window onto the door -5- until the clips -6- au‐
dibly latch -arrows b-.
– Tighten the bolts -4-.
– Pull the seal -2- around the flange.
5. Door Windows 311

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
6 Special Tools
♦ Window Repair Kit - VAS6092-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ut
ho Golfe o 2013 ➤
ra
, e-Golf 2014 ➤
a
ss Body Exterior
c - Edition 05.2015
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
66 – Exterior Equipment
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
1 Radiator Grille/Front Trim
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Radiator Grille”, page 313
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Charging Port Door”, page 314
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.3 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing”, page 314
l purpos
⇒ “1.4 Charging Port Door, Removing and Installing”, page 316
nform
ercia
⇒ “1.5 Adjusting Element, Removing and Installing”, page 319

m
a
1.1 Overview - Radiator Grille
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
Note
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Depending on the model there are only optical differences and
Co
op py
different version, allocation. Refer to Parts Catalog.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1 - Radiator Grille
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Radiator Grille,
ling”, page 314 .
log.
2 - Bolt
❑ 2.0 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
3 - Emblem
ling. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Front Emblem,
ling”, page 394 .
1. Radiator Grille/Front Trim 313

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
1.2 Overview - Charging VoPort
lksw Door
oes
not
by gu
ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
1 - Charging Port Door au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
ling. Refer to
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “1.4 Charging Port
erm
ab
Door, Removing and In‐
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
2 - Bolt
spec
❑ 2 Nm
t to the co
❑ For adjusting element
❑ Quantity: 3
rrectne
3 - Adjusting element
❑ Removing and installing
ss o
4 - Immediate Charging Button
cial p
f in
- E766-
form
mer
atio
m
ling. Refer to ⇒ Electric

o
n
c
i
Drive; Rep. Gr. 93 ;
or
n thi
e
Charging Socket; Im‐

t
sd
va
mediate Upload Button

i
o
pr
cum
r
E766, Removing and In‐

fo
en
ng
stalling
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
5 - Bolt opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
❑ 2 Nm
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ For the button
❑ Quantity: 2
6 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
❑ For charging port door
❑ Quantity: 5
7 - Bracket
8 - Emblem
9 - Valve
❑ For water drain
1.3 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing

Removing
Note
On vehicles with a charging port door in the radiator grille, the connector must be removed beforehand.
314 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Release the catches -4- with a small screwdriver -A arrows-.
nform
ercia
– Remove the radiator grille -1- in the direction of the -arrow B-

m
parallel from the lock carrier catches -3-.

com
tion in
– Remove the radiator grille -1- upward -arrow C- from the front
r
te o
thi
bumper cover.
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
On vehicles with a charging port door in the radiator grille, the

fo
en
g
connector is disconnected.
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Installing
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Golf 2013 ➤ b,ye-Golf
Vol 2014 ➤ not
gu
d ara
Body Exterior
orise - Edition 05.2015 nte
h eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Insert the radiator grille -1- in the front bumper cover -4-.
– Clip the radiator grille -1- with light pressure in the lock carrier
-3- in the direction of the -arrow-.
On vehicles with a charging port door in the radiator grille, the
connector is connected.
Note
Orientation to the VW emblem opening in the hood.
– Install bolts -2-.

1.4 Charging Port Door, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Slide the charging port door -1- sideways -arrow a-.

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Tilt the charging port door -1- outward through the radiator
grille -2- -arrow b-.
Installing
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
– Tilt the charging port door -1- inward through the radiator grille pt
an
d
itte
-2- -arrow a-. y li

rm
ab
pe
ility
– Slide the charging port door -1- sideways into the installation
ot
position -arrow b-.

wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Install the bolts.

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.5 Adjusting Element, Removing and In‐

stalling
rrectness of i
l purpos
Removing
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Remove the adjusting element -1-.

spec
es, in part or in w
Installing
t to the co
– Install bolts -2-.

rrectness of i
♦ Bolts on adjusting element. Refer to -item 2-
l purpos
⇒ Item 2 (page 314)

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2 Spoiler
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Spoiler on the Edge of the Roof”, page 321
⇒ “2.3 Roof Edge Spoiler, Removing and Installing”, page 322
⇒ “2.4 Side Spoiler, Removing and Installing”, page 325
2.1 Overview - Spoiler on the Edge of the Roof
1 - Spoiler on Roof Edge

❑ Material PC/PET
❑ With foam band as cen‐
ter bearing
❑ With four clips with foam
ring
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Roof Edge Spoil‐
er, Removing and In‐
2 - Right Side Spoiler
❑ With adhesive tape
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Side Spoiler, Re‐
page 325 .
3 - Hex Nut
❑ 6.0 Nm agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
❑ Quantity: 3 d byV gu
ara
ise nte
r
4 - Clip ut
ho eo
ra
a c
❑ Quantity: 4 ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
5 - Clip Seal
an
itte
y li
❑ Quantity: 4
erm
ab
ility
ot p
6 - Centering Pin
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Quantity: 3
hole
spec
7 - Centering Drift Seal

es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Quantity: 3
8 - Threaded Pins
rrectness of i
❑ Quantity: 3
l purpos
❑ Part of the spoiler on the edge of the roof

9 - Threaded Pin Seal
nform
ercia
❑ Quantity: 3
m
at
10 - Adhesive Tape
om
ion
c
in t
❑ Part of the side spoiler

or
his
ate
do
riv
11 - Left Side Spoiler

p
cum
or
❑ With adhesive tape

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.4 Side Spoiler, Removing and Installing”, page 325 . . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Spoiler 321
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
2.2 Overview - Side Spoiler
1 - Side Spoiler
2 - Adhesive Strips
❑ Part of the side spoiler
3 - Rear Window
4 - Pull Assist
❑ For the protective film
on adhesive tape
5 - Adhesive Surface
❑ On the rear window and
the spoiler on the edge
of the roof
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
2.3 Roof Edge Spoiler, Removing and In‐

stalling
nform
ercia
Removing
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
Note
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
The side spoiler remains installed.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels .
– Pry out the cap.
– Remove the hex nuts -3- from the threaded pins -2-.
– Remove the spoiler on the edge of the roof -1- forcefully up‐
ward -arrows- from the clips -7-.
– Disconnect the hose -5- and the wire -4-.
Notes on hoses and the windshield washer system. Refer to ⇒
Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Windshield Washer System;
Overview - Windshield Washer System .
Notes on the wire and the high-mounted brake lamp. Refer to ⇒
Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; High-Mounted Brake Lamp;
Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp .
Installing
2. Spoiler 323
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Check the foam ring -1-, the clips, centering pins and threaded
pins for damage, and if necessary replace.
– Check the foam strips -5- and -6- for damage and if necessary
replace.
– Check the right and left felt strips (32 mm x 110 mm) -4- and
foam strips 20 mm x 122mm) -2- for damage, and if necessary
replace.
– remove the protective film from the left and right adhesive tape
-3-.

agen oes Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Secure the hose -2- and wire -3-.

Notes on hoses and the windshield washer system. Refer to ⇒
Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Windshield Washer System;
Overview - Windshield Washer System .
Notes on the wire and the high-mounted brake lamp. Refer to ⇒
Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; High-Mounted Brake Lamp;
Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp .
– Bring the spoiler on the edge of the roof -1- using the centering
pin -7- in the installation position.
– Push the spoiler on the edge of the roof -1- forcefully in the
rear lid -arrows-, until the clips -8- engage.
– Place the hex nuts -6- on the threaded pins -5- and tighten.
– Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Spoiler on the Edge of the Roof”,
page 321 .
2.4 Side Spoiler, Removing and Installing

Removing
♦ Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A-
2. Spoiler 325
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
The illustration shows ir se the left side. The right side is identical.
d b ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Warm the side spoiler -1- in the area of the adhesive strips
-2- using a Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower -
VAS1978/14A- .
– Remove the side spoiler -1- from the rear window -arrow a-
and remove it downward from the spoiler on the edge of the
roof -arrow b-.
Installing a New Side Spoiler
♦ Professional Cleaning Cloth - VAS6006-
Note

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
The side spoiler -1- is attached with two-sided adhesive tape -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Place the side spoiler -1- on the rear window and mark the
l purpos
position with adhesive tape.

– Remove the side spoiler -1-.
nform
ercia
– Clean the rear window and spoiler on the edge of the roof in
m
a
com
the marked areas -5- with cleaning solution.

ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
Note
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
♦ The application with help of the primer applicator must be performed in one step without stopping.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ A closed film must be produced on the glass surface.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Avoid applying twice. cted agen
Prote AG.
– Apply the glass/paint primer evenly on the adhesive surface

-3- on the rear window and lightly wipe off using the Profes‐
sional Cleaning Cloth - VAS6006- .
2. Spoiler 327
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Glass/paint primer drying time: five minutes. lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
– Remove the upper protective film -4- of the two-sidedrisadhesive
ed
b ran
tee
tape -2-. utho
or
a ac
ss
– Slide the side spoiler -1- under the spoiler on the edge of the
ce
le
roof -arrow a- and align.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Push the side spoiler -1- firmly onto the spoiler on the edge of
rm
ab
the roof.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Remove the protective film -4- of the two-sided adhesive tape
h re
-2- for the window glass.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Firmly press the side spoiler -1- onto the rear window -3-
t to the co
-arrow b-.
Installing the Removed Side Spoiler
rrectness of i
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
♦ If a removed spoiler is reused, the adhesive tape must be self-prepared.

m
♦ Use the adhesive tape from the allocation. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the adhesive residue completely.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Clean the spoiler -4- thoroughly with the cleaning solution.

– Prim the adhesive surface -3- evenly and in a single stroke.
Glass/paint primer drying time: five minutes.
– Cut the adhesive tape -3- as shown.
– At the same time leave a pull tab -dimension a- from the pro‐
tective film -2- on all adhesive tapes.
– The further installation is performed the same as a new spoiler.
Refer to ⇒ page 326 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Spoiler 329
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3 Molding/Trim/Extensions/Trim Pan‐
els
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Drip Rail”, page 330
⇒ “3.2 Overview - Sill Panel Trim”, page 332
⇒ “3.3 Overview - Heat Shield”, page 335
⇒ “3.4 Drip Rail, Removing and Installing”, page 336
⇒ “3.5 Sill Panel Trim”, page 337
⇒ “3.6 Front Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 348
⇒ “3.7 Rear Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 350
⇒ “3.8 Floor Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”, page 351
⇒ “3.9 Center Exhaust System Heat Shield, Removing and In‐
⇒ “3.10 Rear Muffler Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”, page
353
3.1 Overview - Drip Rail
Note
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
The illustration shows the right side. The left sideolkisswidentical.
ag does
not
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1 - Drip Rail
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Drip Rail, Remov‐
336 .
2 - Retaining Strip
– To remove, drill out rivet
heads and drive out rivet
shafts.
3 - A-Pillar
4 - Blind Rivet
❑ Quantity: 5
❑ Install with the Pop Rivet
Pliers - VAS5072-
5 - Clip
❑ Install the clips in the
fender opening and
push forward, and turn AG. Volkswagen AG d
90°. agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
6 - Fender rised
nte
ho eo
❑ Removing and instal‐ s aut ra
c
ling. Refer to s
ce
le
⇒ “2.3 Fender, Remov‐

un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
14 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Molding/Trim/Extensions/Trim Panels 331

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3.2 Overview -lksSill

wage Panel Trim does n
n AG. Volkswagen AG
o ot g
yV ua
⇒ “3.2.1 Overview r-isSill
ed Panel Trim, GTI/GTD”, page 332
b ran
tee
tho o
⇒ “3.2.3 Overview
sa
u - Sill Panel Trim, R-Line and R ”, page 334 r ac
s
ce
e
⇒ “3.2.2 Overview - Sill Panel Trim, R, North American Region”,

nl
pt
du
page 333
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
3.2.1 Overview - Sill Panel Trim, GTI/GTD
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
1 - Sill Panel Trim
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.5.1 Sill Panel Trim,
rrectness of i
ling, GTI/GTD”,
page 337 .
l purpos
2 - Bolt
nf
ercia
❑ Quantity: 12
orm
❑ 1.2 Nm
m
atio
om
❑ Dimensional data. Refer
n in
or c
to ⇒ page 339
thi
te
sd
iva
3 - Bolt
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
❑ 2 Nm
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
❑ For attaching the sill C py
t. rig
panel trim
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
❑ Quantity: 1 on sill panel
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3.2.2 Overview - Sill Panel Trim, “R”, North American Region
1 - Screws
❑ 1.2 Nm
❑ Secures the retaining
strip to the sill panel
❑ Installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.5.4 Rocker Panel
Extension Retaining
Strip, Attaching, R,
North American Re‐
gion”, page 347 .
❑ Quantity: 8
2 - Retaining Strip
⇒ “3.5.2 Rocker Panel gen AG. Volkswagen AG d
a
Extension, Removing Vol
ksw
oes
not
gu
and Installing, R-Line
d by ara
se nte
and R ”, page thor340
i . eo
au ra
3 - Expanding Nut
ss c
ce
e
nl
❑ Pressed onto the under‐
pt
du
an
body
itte
y li
erm
ab
4 - Rocker Panel Extension
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
ling. Refer to
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Extension, Removing t to the co

rrectness of i
5 - Screws
❑ 1.5 Nm
l purpos
❑ Quantity: 2, front and

rear sill panel
nf
ercia
or
6 - Screws
m
m
atio
m
❑ 2.2 Nm
o
n in
or c
❑ Quantity: 2, on sill un‐

thi
te
sd
a
derside
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
7 - Two-Sided Adhesive Tape

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
8 - Bracket C py
t. rig
gh ht
❑ Quantity: 2 yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ Secured to underbody with expanding clip cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
lksw
agen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
3.2.3 Overview - Sill Panel Trim, “R-Line” and “R”
tho
ris tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
1 - Bolt
pt
du
an
itte
y li
❑ 1.2 Nm
erm
ab
ility
❑ Secures retaining strip
ot p
wit
to sill panel
, is n
h re
❑ Quantity: 9
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ page 343 .
2 - Retaining Strip
rrectness of i
l purpos
Extension, Removing
nf
ercia
orm
3 - Expanding Nut
m
atio
m
❑ Pressed onto the under‐

o
n in
or c
body
thi
te
sd
iva
4 - Extended Sill Panel
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
ling. Refer to
Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
Extension, Removing p by
o Vo
by c
lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
5 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ Quantity 2 front and rear
sill panel
Note
The 2-door version has at wheel

housing liner threaded connection a
round opening, the 4-door version a
square opening.
6 - Bolt
❑ 2.2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2, on sill underside
7 - Double Sided Adhesive Tape
8 - Bracket
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Secured to underbody with expanding clip.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3.3 Overview - Heat Shield
1 - Underbody Heat Shield

ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.8 Floor Heat
Shield, Removing and
2 - Lock Washer
❑ Quantity: 6
3 - Center Exhaust System
Heat Shield
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.9 Center Exhaust
System Heat Shield,
ling”, page 352 .
4 - Lock Washer
❑ Quantity: 2
5 - Muffler Heat Shield n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
❑ Removing and instal‐ byV
olk ot g
ua
ling. Refer to ir se
d ran
tee
⇒ “3.10 Rear Muffler utho
or
Heat Shield, Removing ss a ac
and Installing”,
ce
e
nl
pt
page 353 .
du
an
itte
y li
erm
6 - Lock Washer
ab
ility
ot p
❑ Quantity: 5
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3.4 Drip Rail, Removing and Installing
Note
Removal and installation is described only for the left-hand side. Removing and installing right side is identical.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Pull the drip rail -1- starting from below from the clip -3- and
the retaining strip -2-.
Installing
– Install the upper inner drip rail edge -1- on the windshield upper
edge.
– Push the drip rail -1- from above in the retaining strip -2- and
clip -3-.
– Guide the drip rail sealing lip to the windshield behind the
glass.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
3.5 Sill Panel Trim

⇒ “3.5.1 Sill Panel Trim, Removing and Installing, GTI/GTD”, page
337
⇒ “3.5.2 Rocker Panel Extension, Removing and Installing, R-
Line and R ”, page 340
⇒ “3.5.3 Rocker Panel Extension, Removing and Installing, R,
North American Region”, page 344
⇒ “3.5.4 Rocker Panel Extension Retaining Strip, Attaching, R,
North American Region”, page 347
3.5.1 Sill Panel Trim, Removing and Instal‐

ling, GTI/GTD
Removing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the outer screw from the sill panel trim.

– Push the sill panel trim -1- rearward -a arrows-, until the sill
panel trim is loosened from all screws -2-.
– Remove the sill panel trim -1- from the sill panel -b arrows-.
Installing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the self-tapping screws -2- using the Cordless Drill -

VAS5036- at the highest RPM until the thread engages.
– The cordless drill must now be set aside.
– Tighten the screws to the lowest tightening specification so
that screw is not overtightened.
– Position the sill panel trim -1- evenly -a arrows- with the open‐
ings on the back over all of the screws -2- until the sill panel
trim touches the sill panel -3-.
Position the sill panel trim with a second technician so that all
screws remain in the openings when sliding it on.
– Push the sill panel trim forward forcefully until stop
-b arrows-.
– Install the outer screw in the sill panel trim.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Dimensions
Note
♦ The screws for the sill panel trim are corrosion-resistant. Additional treatment is not necessary.
♦ If a screw is overtightened, it must always be replaced with a “black” oversized screw.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
– Measure the holes according to the table below. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Punch the holes for the screws.
AG.
– Pre-drill the holes using a 1.5 mm drill.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
♦ Dimension -a- is measured including the wheel housing liner -1-. Dimensions -b through I- are always
measured from the center hole outward.
♦ Dimension -m- is only measured on a 4-door in the rear area.
♦ For a 2-door vehicle, the dimension -m- must be aligned in height according to the front holes.
Dimensions table
Dimension -a- = 781 mm
Dimension -b- = 713 mm
Dimension -c- = 593 mm
Dimension -d- = 453 mm
Dimension -e- = 303 mm
Dimension -f- = 152 mm
Dimension -g- = 1028 mm
Dimension -h- = 906 mm
Dimension -i- = 755 mm
Dimension -j- = 604 mm
Dimension -k- = 453 mm
Dimension -l- = 302 mm
Dimension -m- = 50 mm
3.5.2 Rocker Panel Extension, Removing and

Installing, “R-Line” and “R”
Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
The removal and installation is only shownris on a 4-door version.
e d
nte
The procedure for the 2-door version isautidentical.
ho eo
ra
ss c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li

rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
h re
Removing
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
340
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
olksw not
yV gu
ed b ara
nte
ris
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Warm the rocker panel extension -1- in the adhesive surface
area -3- before removing with a Hot Air Blower VAG1416 -
VAG1416- .
– Carefully guide the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- between the
sill panel and the rocker panel extension -1-.
– As soon as the bonded joint loosens, disengage the rocker
panel extension -1- upward from the retaining strip.
Installing
Assembly Instructions
♦ Adhesion surfaces must be free of dust and grease.
♦ If installing the rocker panel extension for the first time on a
commercial vehicle or a newly painted surface, follow the pro‐
cedure described in Paint Repair Manual.
♦ If removing or installing the rocker panel extension, only use
the adhesive remover to remove the adhesive residue.
♦ Always clean adhesive surfaces immediately before applying
the rocker panel extension with adhesive remover and clean‐
ing solution.
♦ Apply the rocker panel extension immediately after cleaning.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
♦ Only remove the protective film right before assembly. Pro‐

cessing temperature approx. 21 °C (70 °F).
♦ Stand time after installing rocker panel extension is approxi‐
mately four hours at an ambient temperature of approx. 21 ℃
(70 °F).
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Follow the installation instructions. Refer to ⇒ page 341 .

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Engage the rocker panel extension -2- in the retaining strip

-1-.
– Align the rocker panel extension -2- in the longitudinal vehicle
rrectness of i
direction.
l purpos
– Install the bolts -3- on the front sill-side.

– Align the rocker panel extension -2- on the vehicle.
nf
ercia
orm
– Install the bolts -3- on the lower sill-side.

m
atio
om
– Check the position of the rocker panel extension -2-.

n in
or c
thi
e
– Remove the protective film -4- from the two-sided adhesive

t
sd
iva
tape on the rocker panel extension -2- upward-rearward.

r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Press on the rocker panel extension -2- evenly in the adhesive

t.
yi Co
op
surface area firmly. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
342
agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Tighten the bolts -3- on the front sill-side.

Tightening specification
Rocker panel extension retaining strip
Note
♦ The assembly is only shown for the left rocker panel extension
retaining strip. The procedure is identical for the right rocker
panel extension retaining strip.
♦ The bolts for the retaining strip are corrosion-resistant. It does
not need any further treatment.
♦ If a screw is overtightened, replace it with a “black” oversize
screw.
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
• There are no holes for the screws. d b ua
ran
ir se tee
o
– Align the holes according to the
au table or use the retaining strip
th or
ac
as a template. ss
ce
e
nl
pt
– Punch the holes for the bolts.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
– Drill the holes with a 1.5 mm drill.
ab
ility
ot p
Dimensions Table
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
Dimension -h- = 448 mm orm

m
Dimension -i- = 244 mm

atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
– Install the self-tapping bolts -2- using the Cordless Drill -
ce
le
un
pt
VAS5036- with the highest RPM until the thread engages.

an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Remove the Cordless Drill - VAS5036- now.

pe
ility
ot
– Tighten the bolt -2- to the lowest tightening specification.

wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Install the retaining strip -1- evenly -a arrows- with openings

spec
over all screws -2- until the retaining strip touches the sill panel
es, in part or in w
t to the co
-3-.
Install the retaining strip with a second mechanic so that all
screws remain in the openings when molding is slid on.
rrectness of i
– Push the retaining strip -1- until stop rearward -b arrows-.

l purpos
nform
ercia
3.5.3 Rocker Panel Extension, Removing and

m
Installing, “R”, North American Region

a
com
tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Removing
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Before removing, warm the rocker panel extension -1- in the

adhesive surface area -3- using a Wiring Harness Repair Set
nform
ercia
- Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A- .

m
a
com
ti
– Carefully guide the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- between the

on in
sill panel and the rocker panel extension -1-.

r
te o
thi
s
iva
– As soon as the bonded joint loosens, disengage the rocker

do
r
rp
panel extension -1- upward from the retaining strip.

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Installing
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Assembly Instructions
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ The adhesive surfaces must be free of dust and grease.

♦ If installing the rocker panel extension for the first time on a
commercial vehicle or newly painted surfaces, follow the pro‐
cedure described in Paint Repair Manual.
♦ If removing or installing the rocker panel extension, only use
the Adhesive Remover - D 002 00 A2- to remove the adhesive
residue.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Volkswagen AG
♦ Thoroughly clean the adhesive surfaces with Adhesive Re‐ agen
AG. does
ksw
mover - D 002 00 A2- and Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- by
Vol not
gu
ara
just before bonding the rocker panel extension. ris
ed nte
tho eo
♦ Apply the rocker panel extension immediately after cleaning.
ss
au ra
c
ce
e
♦ Only remove the protective film right before assembly. Pro‐
nl
pt
du
an
cessing temperature approximately 21 °C (70 °F).
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Waiting period after installing the rocker panel extensions is
ility
ot p
approximately four hours at a room temperature of approxi‐
wit
, is n
mately 21 ℃ (70 °F).
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Follow the assembly instructions. Refer to ⇒ page 345 .

– Engage the rocker panel extension -2- in the retaining strip
-1-.
– Align the rocker panel extension -2- in the longitudinal vehicle
direction.
– Position the screw -3- on the front sill-side.
– Align the rocker panel extension -2- on the vehicle.
– Install the screws -3- on the lower sill-side.
– Check the position of the rocker panel extension -2-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Remove the protective film -4- of the two-sided adhesive tape

on the rocker panel extension -2- from the top to the rear.
– Press on the rocker panel extension -2- evenly in the adhesive
surface area firmly.
– Tighten the screw -3- on the front sill-side.
Tightening Specifications AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
3.5.4 Rocker Panel Extension Retaining Strip,
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
Attaching, “R”, North American Region
or eo
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
♦ Cordless Drill - VAS5036-
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Note
, is n
h re
hole
spec
♦ The assembly is only shown for the left rocker panel extension
es, in part or in w
retaining strip. The procedure is identical for the right rocker
t to the co
panel extension retaining strip.
♦ The screws for the retaining strip are corrosion-resistant. Ad‐
rrectness of i
ditional treatment is not necessary.
l purpos
♦ If a screw is overtightened, it must always be replaced with a

“black” oversized screw.
nf
ercia
or
If there are no holes available for the screws, they must be drilled m
m
atio
in.
om
n in
or c
– Measure the holes according to the table below or use the

thi
te
retaining strip as a template.

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Punch the holes for the screws.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Pre-drill the holes with a 1.5 mm drill bit. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
Dimensions Table p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

Dimension -h- = 244 mm

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Install the self-tapping screws -2- using the Cordless Drill -

VAS5036- at the highest RPM until the thread engages.
– Position the retaining strip -1- evenly with the openings over
all of the screws -2- until the retaining strip -1- touches the sill
panel -3-.
Position the retaining strip with a second technician so that all
screws remain in the openings when sliding it on.
– Push the retaining strip -1- toward the rear to the stop.
Component Tightening Specification

Screw 1.2 Nm
3.6 Front Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing

swa
and
gen AGInstalling
. Volkswagen AG
does
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
Note utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Removing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Lower the door window.

wit
, is n
h re
– Remove the window guide -3- in the area of the B-pillar trim
hole
-1- from the door frame.

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Unclip the expanding rivet -2-.

– Push the B-pillar trim -1- downward and remove from the door
frame.
rrectness of i
– Remove the b-pillar trim -1- upwards.

l purpos
Installing
nf
ercia
– Install the B-pillar trim -1- on the door frame.

orm
m
atio
– Guide the trim -1- downward and position it.

om
n in
c
– Push the trim -1- upward until it touches the window guide
or
thi
e
-3-.
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Clip in the expanding rivets -2- from the top to the bottom and
o
m
f
en
ng
insert the window guide -3- in the B-pillar trim.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
3.7 Rear Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
Note le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Lower the door window.
– Remove the window guide -3- in the area of the B-pillar trim
-1- from the door frame.
– Unclip the expanding rivet -2-.
– Push the B-pillar trim -1- downward and remove from the door
frame.
– Remove the b-pillar trim -1- upwards.
Installing
– Install the B-pillar trim -1- on the door frame.
– Thread the B-pillar trim -1- in the oblong holes -4- in the frame
section.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Position the B-pillar trim -1- and push in until stop.

– Push the trim -1- upward until it touches the window guide
-3-.
– Clip in the expanding rivets -2- from the top to the bottom and
insert the window guide -3- in the B-pillar trim.
3.8 Floor Heat Shield, Removing and Installing
Note
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Slight changes mayVhave
olks to be made to removals and
wag doe
not installation procedures, depending upon engine installed
in vehicle. ed
by gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the center underbody panel. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing”,
page 361 .
– Remove the front tunnel bridge -3-. Refer to
⇒ “5.5 Front Tunnel Bridge, Removing and Installing”,
page 368 .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Remove the rear tunnel brace -2-. Refer to

⇒ “5.6 Rear Tunnel Bridge, Removing and Installing”,
page 369 .
– Remove the rear exhaust system. Refer to ⇒ Engine Me‐
chanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 26 ; Exhaust
Pipes/Mufflers; Overview - Muffler .
– Loosen the lock washers -4- (quantity 6) and remove the heat
shield tunnel -1- toward the rear.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. AG. Volkswagen
n AG do
wage es n
olks
3.9 Center Exhaust System Heat Shield, Removing and Installing
ed
by
V ot g
ua
ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
Note ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Slight changes may have to be made to removal and installation procedures, depending upon engine installed
itte
y li
erm
in vehicle.
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Volksw
oes
not Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
by gu
d araBody Exterior - Edition 05.2015
e nte
ris
ho eo
ut ra
Removing ss a c
ce
e
nl
– Remove the rear exhaust system. Refer to ⇒ Engine Me‐
pt
du
an
chanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 26 ; Exhaust
itte
y li
erm
Pipes/Mufflers; Overview - Muffler .
ab
ility
ot p
– Loosen the lock washers -2-.
wit
, is n
h re
– Remove the heat shield -1-.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Installing
t to the co
3.10 Rear Muffler Heat Shield, Removing
rrectness of i
and Installing
l purpos
nform
ercia
♦ Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931-

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
Note
his
ate
do
priv
c
um
for
en
in vehicle.
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Removing
– Loosen the mounts for the rear muffler and lower the rear muf‐
fler slightly using the Engine/Gearbox Jack - VAG1383 A- .
Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition;
Rep. Gr. 26 ; Exhaust Pipes/Mufflers; Overview - Muffler .
– Loosen the lock washers -2-.
– Remove the heat shield -1-. wage
es n
olks ot g
Installing byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Install in reverse order of removal. auth or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
4 Noise Insulation ol not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
⇒ “4.1 Overview - Noise Insulation”, page 355 aut
h
ra
ss c
4.1 Overview - Noise Insulation
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “4.1.1 Overview - Noise Insulation, Short”, page 355
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “4.1.2 Overview - Noise Insulation, Long”, page 356
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “4.1.3 Overview - Impact Guard”, page 357
hole
spec
4.1.1 Overview - Noise Insulation, Short
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
in vehicle.
nform
mercia
at
1 - Noise Insulation Short
om
ion
c
❑ Removing:
in t
or
his
ate
– Remove the bolts -2-
do
priv
c
and -3-.
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove noise insula‐ Cop py
tion toward rear from ht. rig
rig ht
lock carrier.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2 - Bolt
❑ 2.0 Nm
3 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 1 on the lock
carrier
❑ 1 Nm
4. Noise Insulation 355

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
4.1.2 Overview Vo-l Noise Insulation, Long
es n o
ksw ot g
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
Note ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
in vehicle.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
1 - Noise Insulation Short
spec
❑ Removing:
t to the co
– Remove bolts -2-, -3-
and -4-.
rrectne
– Remove noise insula‐
tion toward rear from
s
lock carrier.
s o
cial p
f in
2 - Bolt
form
mer
❑ 2.0 Nm
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
3 - Bolt
um
r
fo
en
ng
❑ 6.0 Nm
t.
yi Co
Cop py
❑ Microencapsulated, to
t. rig
gh ht
yri
be replaced depending p by
co Vo
lksw
on the version
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Quantity: 3
4 - Bolt
❑ 1 Nm
❑ Quantity: 1 on the lock
carrier

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
4.1.3 Overview - Impact

Volkswa
Guard
AG. gen AG
agen does
olksw not
yV gu
db ara
Note rise nte
tho eo
au ra
Slights changes may have to be made to removal and installation procedures, depending upon engine installed
s c
ce
le
in vehicle.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
1 - Impact Guard
wit
is n
❑ Removing:
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove bolts -2-, -3-
and -4-.
t to the co
– Remove noise insula‐
tion toward rear from
rrectne
lock carrier.
s
2 - Bolt
s o
cial p
f
❑ 20 Nm
inform
mer
❑ Quantity: 2 for both the
atio
right and left sides
om
n
c
i
or
3 - Bolt n thi
te
sd
a
❑ 2.0 Nm
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
4 - Bolt
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
❑ 20 Nm Prote
cted AG.
agen
❑ Microencapsulated, to
be replaced depending
on the version
❑ Quantity: 3
5 - Bracket, Impact Guard
❑ Left and right
6 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
4. Noise Insulation 357

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
5 Underbody Trim Panel

⇒ “5.1 Overview - Underbody Panels”, page 358
⇒ “5.2 Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing”, page 361
⇒ “5.3 Center Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing”, page
364
⇒ “5.4 Rear Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing”,
page 366
⇒ “5.5 Front Tunnel Bridge, Removing and Installing”,
page 368
⇒ “5.6 Rear Tunnel Bridge, Removing and Installing”, page 369
5.1 Overview - Underbody Panels

⇒ “5.1.1 Overview - Underbody Panels, Gasoline/Diesel”,
page 358
⇒ “5.1.2 Overview - Underbody Panel, e-Golf”, page 359
5.1.1 Overview - Underbody Panels, Gasoline/Diesel
1 - Front cover
❑ Left and right
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Underbody Pan‐
els, Removing and In‐
2 - Underbody Trim Panels
❑ Left and right
❑ Removing and instal‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
ling. Refer to agen oes
olksw not
V
⇒ “5.2 Underbody Pan‐ ed by gu
ara
els, Removing and In‐ horis nte
eo
stalling”, page 361 . s aut ra
c
s
3 - Nut
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
❑ 2.0 Nm
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ With retainer
ility
ot p
❑ 7 on each side
wit
is n
h re
ole,
4 - Rear Underbody Trim

spec

t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.4 Rear Underbody
Panel, Removing and
rrectne

5 - Metal Nut
ss o
6 - Bolt
cial p
f inform
❑ 2 Nm.
mer
atio
7 - Expanding Rivet
om
n
c
i
or
8 - Lock Washer
thi
te
sd
va
9 - Rear Tunnel Bridge

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
yi
ling. Refer to
Co
Cop py
⇒ “5.6 Rear Tunnel Bridge, Removing and Installing”, page 369 .
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
10 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
11 - Center Underbody Panel
⇒ “5.3 Center Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing”, page 364 .
12 - Expanding Rivet
❑ Quantity: 4
13 - Front Tunnel Bridge
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “5.5 Front Tunnel Bridge, Removing and Installing”, page 368 .
14 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
5.1.2 Overview - Underbody

G. Volkswage
Panel, e-Golf
nA n AG d
wage oes
Volks not
gu
by ara
1 - Noise Insulation
ris
ed nte
tho eo
❑ Removing au and installing ra
c
ss
2 - Front Underbody Panel
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
ling. Refer to
rm
ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
3 - Center Underbody Panel

es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Left and right

ling. Refer to
rrectness of i

l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
com
ling. Refer to
ion in
⇒ “5.4 Rear Underbody

r
te o
thi
Panel, Removing and

s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
5 - Bolt
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
❑ 2 Nm. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
For the rear underbody panel
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Quantity: 6
Prote AG.
6 - Hex Nut
❑ 2.0 Nm
For the rear underbody panel
❑ Quantity: 2
7 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm.
For the center underbody panel
❑ Quantity: 9
5. Underbody Trim Panel 359

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
8 - Hex Nut
❑ 2.0 Nm
For the center underbody panel
❑ Quantity: 6
9 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm.
For the front underbody panel
❑ Quantity: 9
10 - Hex Nut
❑ 2.0 Nm
For the front underbody panel
❑ Quantity: 6
11 - Caps
❑ Quantity: 2
12 - Bolt AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ 6 Nm. olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
for the bracket horis nte
eo
aut ra
❑ Quantity: 2 ss c
ce
le
un
13 - Bracket
pt
an
d
itte
y li
14 - Bolt
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ 2 Nm.
wit
is n
h re
For the noise insulation
ole,
spec
❑ Quantity: 10
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
5.1.3 Overview - Hybrid Underbody Panels
1 - Front Cover
❑ Left and right
2 - Underbody Trim Panels
❑ Left and right
ling. Refer to
4 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm.
❑ For the rear underbody
panel
5 - Nut AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
❑ 20 Nm Volksw
oes
not
gu
by ara
❑ For the rear underbody rised
nte
panel ut
ho eo
ra
a c
❑ Quantity: 2 on each side ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
6 - Expanding Rivet
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
7 - Nut
ility
ot p
❑ 2.0 Nm
wit
, is n
h re
❑ for the underbody panel
hole
spec
❑ With retainer
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ 5 on each side
8 - Bolt
rrectness of i
❑ 2 Nm.
❑ for the underbody panel
l purpos

nf
ercia
9 - Bolt
orm
m
❑ 2 Nm.
atio
om
❑ for the front cover

n in
or c
thi
e
❑ Quantity: 5 on the left side

t
sd
iva
o
r
❑ Quantity: 6 on the right side

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
5.2 Underbody Panels, Removing and In‐
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
stalling
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “5.2.1 Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing, Gasoline/

Diesel”, page 362
⇒ “5.2.2 Front Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing, e-
Golf”, page 363

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
5.2.1 Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing, Gasoline/Diesel
Note
in vehicle.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
Removing
o
n in
or c
– Remove the center underbody panels. Refer to

thi
te
sd
a
⇒ “5.3 Center Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing”,

iv
o
r
rp
cu
page 364 .
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
– Release the mounting tab and remove front cover -2- or -5- in
yi Co
op py
the direction of travel rearward from the catch. . C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
– Remove the nuts -3-.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the underbody panel -1- or -4-.
Installing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
5.2.2 Front Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing, e-Golf
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the underbody panel -1-.
Installing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
5.3 Center Underbody Panels, Removing

and Installing
⇒ “5.3.1 Center Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing,
Long”, page 364
⇒ “5.3.2 Center Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing,
Short”, page 365
⇒ “5.3.3 Center Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing, e-
Golf”, page 366
Special tools and workshop equipment required AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm - VAG1783- d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
5.3.1 Center Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing, Long ut ra
s a c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Note
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
in vehicle.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Volksw Golf
oes
2013
not ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
by gu
ed Body Exterior ara - Edition 05.2015
nte
ris
ho eo
ut ra
Removing ss a c
ce
e
nl
Unclip the expanding rivet -2- and remove the center underbody
pt
du
an
panels.
itte
y li
erm
ab
Installing
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
5.3.2 Center Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing, Short
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
in vehicle.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
Unclip the expanding rivet -2- and remove the center underbody
panels.
Installing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
5.3.3 Center Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing, e-Golf
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Removing
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
5.4 Rear Underbody Panel, Removing and

Installing
⇒ “5.4.1 Rear Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing, Gas‐
oline/Diesel”, page 367
⇒ “5.4.2 Rear Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing, e-Golf”,
page 368

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
5.4.1 Rear Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing, Gasoline/Diesel
Note
in vehicle.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
– Loosen the lock washer -3-.

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Unclip the expanding rivet -2- and remove the bolts -4-.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the rear underbody panel -1-. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Installing
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
5.4.2 Rear Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing, e-Golf
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
Installing
5.5 Front Tunnel Bridge, Removing and In‐

stalling

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
Removing utho
or
a ac
ss
– If equipped remove the center underbody panel. Refer to
ce
le
⇒ “5.3 Center Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing”,

un
pt
an
d
page 364 .
itte
y li
rm
ab

pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Remove the front tunnel bridge -1-.

h re
hole
spec
Installing
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
5.6 Rear Tunnel Bridge, Removing and In‐

l purpos
stalling
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
369
co Vo
by lksw
cted 5. Underbody Trim Panel
agen
Prote AG.
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
Removing
thi
te
sd
va
– Loosen the rear underbody panel and push slightly downward.

i
o
pr
cum
r
Refer to
fo
en
ng
⇒ “5.2 Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing”,

t.
yi Co
op
page 361 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the nuts -2-. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Remove the rear tunnel bridge -2-.
AG.
Installing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
6 Exterior Rearview Mirror

⇒ “6.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 371
⇒ “6.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror, Removing and Installing”,
page 372
⇒ “6.3 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 374
⇒ “6.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and Installing”,
page 375
Volkswagen AG
⇒ “6.5 Mirror Cap, Removing and Installing”, spage
wage 377
n AG. does
k not
Vol gu
⇒ “6.6 Mirror Trim, Removing by
and Installing”, page 378 ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
6.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror ss
au ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Note
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
1 - Mirror Base Plate
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “6.2 Exterior Rear‐
rrectness of i
view Mirror, Removing
l purpos
and Installing”,
page 372 .
nf
ercia
2 - Bolt
orm
m
❑ 9.0 Nm
atio
om
❑ Quantity: 2
n in
or c
thi
e
3 - Clip
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
4 - Cap
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Removing and installing. Refer Cop py
to
t. rig
gh ht
yri
⇒ “6.2 Exterior Rearview Mir‐
p by
co Vo
by lksw
ror, Removing and Installing”, Prote
cted AG.
agen
page 372 .
5 - Adjusting Unit
ling. Refer to
⇒ “6.4 Mirror Adjusting
6 - Bolt
❑ 1.0 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
7 - Mirror Frame
ling. Refer to
⇒ “6.6 Mirror Trim, Re‐
page 378 .
8 - Bolt
❑ 1.0 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
6. Exterior Rearview Mirror 371

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
9 - Mirror Glass
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “6.3 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 374 .
10 - Turn Signal
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Exterior Rearview Mirror Lamps;
Turn Signal, Removing and Installing .
11 - Bolt
❑ 1.0 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
12 - Mirror Cap
❑ Material: ABS
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “6.5 Mirror Cap, Removing and Installing”, page 377 .
6.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror, Removing and

Installing
n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es n
♦ Torque Wrench 1783b-y V2-10Nm
olk - VAG1783- ot g
ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
Note ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
The following describes removing and installing the left exterior rearview mirror. The right side is identical.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Unclip the cover -3- and while doing this loosen the adhesive
tape -4-.
– Remove the speaker. Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr.
91 ; Sound System; Component Location Overview - Sound
Systems .
– Reach between the speaker opening and disconnect the con‐
nector -8- for the exterior rearview mirror -1-.
– Remove the bolts -5- for the exterior rearview mirror -1-.
– Remove the door control module and loosen the clip -7- in‐
stalled behind -arrows-.
– Guide the wire -6- through the opening in the door and remove
the exterior mirror -1-.
Installing
– If the adhesive tape or clip is damaged replace the cover.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Then, perform a function test.

6.3 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Vol
ksw
a
not
y gu
db ara
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200- rise nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
le
Note
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Removing and installing is performed only for the left mirror glass.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Removing
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING
Wear protective eyewear and gloves when working.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Protect the edges of the housing from paint damage, for ex‐
ample by using fabric-reinforced adhesive tape.
– Press the mirror glass -1- into the mirror housing bottom.
– Press the mirror glass -1- from
gen AGthe mirror nadjusting
. Volkswage AG
does unit using
swa
the Pry Lever - 80-200-
y Volk -2-. not
gu b ara
ed n
– Move the mirrortho
ris glass -1- to the side and disconnect the con‐
tee
o
nector -3- sfor the mirror heating from the back of the mirror r ac
au
-1-. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Installing
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Connect the connectors -3- to the mirror glass -1-.
ility
ot p
wit
– Press the center of the mirror glass -1- onto the adjusting unit
, is n
h re
-2- in the housing.
hole
spec
The mirror glass will engage with a click.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
Only press the center of the mirror glass when pressing it on.
l purpos
nf
ercia
or
6.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and In‐
m
m
atio
m
stalling
o
n in
or c
thi
te

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Note
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Removing and installing is described only for the left adjusting unit with motor. The right side is identical.
AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Golf 2013
orise ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ nte
eo
h
Body
s a Exterior - Edition 05.2015
ut ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the mirror glass. Refer to
⇒ “6.3 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 374 .
– Remove the bolts -3- (quantity: 3) and remove the adjuster unit
-1- from the mirror base.
– Move the adjuster unit -1- to the side and disconnect the con‐
nector -2-.
Installing
– Attach the connector -2- to the adjusting unit -1-.
– Mount the adjuster unit -1- on the mirror base and tighten the
screws -3- (quantity: 3).
– Install the mirror glass. Refer to
♦ Bolts. Refer to -item 6- ⇒ Item 6 (page 371) .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
6.5 Mirror Cap, Removing and Installing
Note
The following describes removing and installing the left mirror cap. The right side is identical.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Release the retaining hooks -A arrows-.
– Remove the mirror cap -1- from the mirror base rearward in
the direction of the -arrow B-.
Installing
– Position the mirror cap -1- and push in until the hooks engage
audibly.
– Install the mirror glass. Refer to

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Golf 2013au➤
t , e-Golf 2014 ➤ ra
c
s
Body Exterior
s - Edition 05.2015
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
6.6 itte
Mirror Trim, Removing and Installing
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
Removal and installation are described only for the left mirror trim. The right side is identical.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the mirror cap. Refer to
⇒ “6.5 Mirror Cap, Removing and Installing”, page 377 .
– Remove the mirror frame -1- from the catches.
Installing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
7 Wheel Housing Liner

⇒ “7.1 Overview - Front Wheel Housing Liner”, page 380
⇒ “7.2 Overview - Rear Wheel Housing Liner”, page 381
⇒ “7.3 Front Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing”, page
382
⇒ “7.4 Rear Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing”, page
384
n AG. Volkswagen A
7.1 Overview - Front Wheel
Vol
ksw Housing Liner es not
age G do
g by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
Note ss
au ac
ce
le
un
pt
♦ The wheel housing liner may differ slightly depending on the model.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
♦ The illustration shows the left side. The procedure for the right side is identical.
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
1 - Front Wheel Housing Liner
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.3 Front Wheel
rrectness of i
Housing Liner, Remov‐
l purpos

382 .
nform
ercia
2 - Bolt
❑ 2.0 Nm
m
a
com
tio
❑ 7 on each side
n in
r
te o
thi
3 - Wheel Housing Liner Front

s
iva
do
Section
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ With cover and there are Cop py
ht. rig
different versions. For py
rig by
ht
the correct allocation. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
log.
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.3.1 Front Wheel
Housing Liner Front
Section, Removing and
4 - Bolt
❑ 2.0 Nm
❑ 6 on each side
5 - Expanding Nut
❑ 7 on each side

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
7.2 Overview - Rear Wheel Housing Liner
Note
♦ The wheel housing liner may differ slightly depending on the model.
1 - Rear Wheel Housing Liner

ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.4 Rear Wheel
384 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 2.0 Nm
❑ 10 on each side
3 - Expanding nuts
4 - Expanding Nut
❑ Gas-tight
DANGER!
Check the gas-tight ex‐
panding nuts for damageAG. Volkswagen AG d
and replace them
lksw if nec‐
agen oes
not
essary d by Vo gu
a ran
ise tee
or
The au
thexpanding nuts seal or
ac
off
s the passenger com‐
s
partment from exhaust
ce
le
un
pt
gas and must always be

an
d
itte
y li
replaced if they are dam‐

erm
ab
aged.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
5 - Adapter
spec
❑ Only right side, not for

t to the co
gasoline
❑ Install the rear wheel housing -1- liner before installation
rrectne
6 - Rear Longitudinal Member

ss o
cial p
Overview - Sill Panel Cover

inform
mer
atio
m
Note
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Wheel Housing Liner 381

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1 - Sill Panel Cover

❑ Removing:
❑ Loosen the rear wheel
housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “7.3 Front Wheel
382 .
❑ Remove the bolts -2- lkswage es n
o ot g
and remove the sill pan‐ byV ua
d ran
el cover downward. ir se tee
tho
u or
❑ Installing: ss
a ac
ce
le
un
pt
Note
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Check the expanding nut for dam‐
ility
ot p
age and replace if necessary.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
❑ Position the sill panel
spec
cover and fasten.
t to the co
2 - Bolt
❑ 2.0 Nm.
rrectne
❑ Quantity: 3
3 - Expanding Nut
ss o
❑ Quantity: 3
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
7.3 Front Wheel Housing Liner, Removing

and Installing
⇒ “7.3.1 Front Wheel Housing Liner Front Section, Removing and
Installing”, page 382
⇒ “7.3.2 Entire Front Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 383
7.3.1 Front Wheel Housing Liner Front Sec‐

tion, Removing and Installing

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Note d by ara
rise nte
tho eo
u ra
♦ The following describes the removal andsinstallation
sa of the left c
front wheel housing liner. The procedure for the right front
ce
le
un
pt
wheel housing liner is identical.
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Depending on the model version, slight deviations must be
erm
ab
ility
considered when removing and installing.
ot p
wit
is n
♦ For a better view of the screws, the wheel is not shown in the
h re
illustration. ole,
spec
t to the co
– Remove the wheel housing liner front section -1-.
rrectne
Installing
s
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
Note
atio
om
n
c
Check the expanding nuts for damage and replace them if nec‐
i
or
n thi
essary.
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Refer to C py
t. rig
⇒ “7.1 Overview - Front Wheel Housing Liner”, page 380 .
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
7.3.2 Entire Front Wheel Housing Liner, Re‐

moving and Installing
Note
♦ The following describes the removal and installation of the left front wheel housing liner. The right side is
identical.
♦ Depending on the model version, slight deviations must be considered when removing and installing.
♦ For a better view of the screws, the wheel is not shown in the illustration.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
Removing
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
– Remove the wheel housing liner -1- from the fender.

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Installing
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
Check the expanding nuts for damage and replace them if necessary.
– Push the front wheel housing liner -1- into the fender.
nf
ercia
orm
– Align the front wheel housing liner -1- with the front bumper
m
atio
m
cover.
o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
7.4 Rear Wheel Housing Liner, Removing

o
m
f
en
ng
and Installing
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Note
♦ Removing and installing is described only for the left rear wheel housing liner. The right side is identical.
♦ Due to equipment variations, small deviations must be considered during removal and installation.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
– Remove the wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering;

l purpos
Rep. Gr. 44 ; Wheels and Tires; Wheel Bolt Tightening Spec‐

ifications .
nform
ercia

m
at
– Remove the rear wheel housing liner -1- from the wheel hous‐
om
ion
ing.
c
in t
or
his
te
Sill Cover, Removing and Installing. Refer to ⇒ page 381 .

a
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Installing
Note
Check the expanding nuts for damage and replace if necessary. Refer to -item 4- ⇒ Item 4 (page 381) .
– Install the rear wheel housing liner -1- in the wheel housing
without kinking.
– Install the wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering;
Rep. Gr. 44 ; Wheels and Tires; Wheel Bolt Tightening Spec‐
ifications .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
8 Name Badges and Emblems

⇒ “8.1 Dimensions - Rear Lid Name Badges and Emblems”, page
387
⇒ “8.2 Dimensions - Name Badges and Emblems on Fender”,
page 392
⇒ “8.3 Front Emblem, Removing and Installing”, page 394
⇒ “8.4 Rear Emblem, Removing and Installing”, page 398
AG. Volkswagen n AG do
wage es n
olks
8.1 Dimensions - Rear Lid Name Badges ed
by
V ot g
ua
ran
and Emblems thoris tee
or
s au ac
⇒ “8.1.1 Rear Lid Name
s
Badge Dimension”, page 387
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “8.1.2 Dimension - Name Badge GTI/GTD on the Rear Lid”,
an
d
itte
y li
page 389
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “8.1.3 Dimension - Name Badge e-Golf on the Rear Lid”, page
wit
is n
390
h re
ole,
spec
⇒ “8.1.4 Dimension - Name Badge R on the Rear Lid”,
page 391
t to the co
rrectne
♦ Adhesive Strip Remover - VAS6349-
ss o
cial p
f in
Note
form
mer
atio
m
♦ The height dimension of the different engine name badges is

o
n
c
identical.
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
♦ Pay attention to the following assembly instructions when in‐

iv
o
pr
stalling the name badge.

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Assembly Instructions C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
♦ Heat the name badges or brand emblem before removing us‐ copy Vo
by lksw
ing a Hot Air Blower - VAG1416- . cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ When a name badge or emblem is removed and installed, use

only the Adhesive Remover - D 002 000 10- to remove the
adhesive residue.
♦ Remove any adhesive residue left by the tape using Adhesive
Remover - VAS6349- .
♦ Make sure the adhesive surfaces are free of dust and grease.
♦ Attach the name badges or emblems immediately after clean‐
ing them.
♦ Only remove the protective film right before assembly.
♦ The temperature must be approximately 21 °C (70 °F).
♦ It is not possible to remove the attached name badges or brand
emblems without damaging them.
8.1.1 Rear Lid Name Badge Dimension
Note
Follow the instructions for installing the name badges. Refer to ⇒ page 387 .
8. Name Badges and Emblems 387

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
1 - Name Badge
❑ Model designation
2 - Name Badge
❑ Engine designation
❑ Different dimension for
process designations
without engine designa‐
tion.
3 - Height Dimension
❑ 50.5 ± 1 mm, from the
upper edge of the name
badge to the tail lamp
❑ Additional designations
are bonded 6.0 ± 1 mm
under the engine desig‐
nation.
❑ Process designations
tion are bonded from the
lower edge of the name
with a height dimension
of 75.5 ± 1 mm.
4 - Side Dimension
❑ 29.5 ± 1 mm, from the
outer edge of the rear lid
to the name badge
❑ Process designations
tion are bonded with a
side dimension of 29.5 ±
1 mm.
5 - Side Dimension
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ 26.5 ± 1 mm, from the ksw
agen oes
not
l
outer edge of the rear lid by Vo gu
ara
to the name badge rise
d
nte
tho eo
u
6 - Height Dimension ss a ra
c
❑ 75.5 ± 1 mm, from the lower edge of the name badge to the tail lamp
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
388
AG.
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
8.1.2 Dimension - Name Badge “GTI/GTD” on the Rear Lid
Note
AG. Volkswagen A
agen G do
es n
ksw
y Vol ot g
ua
b
ed ran
ris
1 - Name Badge tho tee
or
au ac
❑ Model designation ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
❑ 75.5 ± 1 mm, from the
erm
ab
ility
badge to the tail lamp ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
3 - Side Dimension
spec
❑ 26.5 ± 1 mm, from the
t to the co
to the name badge
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 by
Vol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
8.1.3 Dimension - Name Badge “e-Golf” on the Rear Lid
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Note
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
1 - Name Badge
t to the co
❑ Model designation
rrectness of i
❑ 75.5 ± 1 mm, from the
l purpos

nform
ercia
3 - Side Dimension
❑ 26.5 ± 1 mm, from the
m
a
com
ti
on in
to the name badge
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
8.1.4 Dimension - Name Badge “R” on the Rear Lid
Note
1 - Name Badge AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
❑ Model designation olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
2 - Height Dimension horis nte
eo
ut ra
❑ 73 ± 1 mm, from the up‐ ss a c
per edge of the name
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
3 - Side Dimension
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ 50 ± 1 mm, from the out‐
wit
, is n
er edge of the rear lid to
h re
the name badge
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
8.2 Dimensions - Name Badges and Em‐

blems on Fender
⇒ “8.2.1 Dimensions - Name Badge on Fender”, page 392
⇒ “8.2.2 Dimension - Name Badge on Fender R ”, page 393
8.2.1 Dimensions - Name Badge on Fender
Note
The dimensions apply to all emblems,aillustrated

gen AG
. Volkshere as
wagen AG“GTI”
do as an example.
w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
ho
1 - Emblem au
t or
ac
ss
❑ Depending on the mod‐
ce
e
nl
el or on special models
pt
du
an
the appearance is differ‐
itte
y li
erm
ent.
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
❑ 5.0 ± 1 mm, from the
hole
spec
name badge upper
es, in part or in w
edge to the fender edge
t to the co
3 - Side Dimension
rrectness of i
outer edge of the fender
to the name badge
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
8.2.2 Dimension - Name Badge on Fender “R”
1 - Emblem
name badge upper
edge to the fender edge
3 - Side Dimension
outer edge of the fender
to the name badge
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf
horis
2014 ➤ eo
ut
Body Exteriorss - Edition 05.2015
a ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
8.3 Front Emblem, Removing and Installing
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “8.3.1 Brand Emblem, Removing and Installing”, page 394
ility
ot p
wit
is n
⇒ “8.3.2 Model Name on Radiator Grille, Removing and Instal‐
h re
ling”, page 395
ole,
spec
⇒ “8.3.3 Model Name R-Line, Removing and Installing”,
t to the co
page 396
⇒ “8.3.4 Model Name R, Removing and Installing”, page 397
rrectne
8.3.1 Brand Emblem, Removing and Installing
ss o
cial p
f i
Note
nform
mer
atio
The emblem cannot be removed without damaging it.
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Pry the brand emblem -1- carefully with a screwdriver -3- in
the direction of the -arrow A- from the radiator grille -2-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Installing
– Press the brand emblem -1- on the radiator grille -2- until it
engages audibly.
8.3.2 Model Name on Radiator Grille, Remov‐

ing and Installing
Note
The description applies to all emblems, “GTI” is illustrated here

as an example.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Release the hooks on the back -3- with a screwdriver
-arrows-.
– Pull the model name -1- from the radiator grille -2-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 Volksw
oes
not
by gu
d ara
ise nte
Installing ut
hor eo
a ra
s c
– Press the model name -1- on the radiator grille -2- until the s
ce
e
hooks -3- engage audibly.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
8.3.3 Model Name “R-Line”, Removing and
erm
ab
ility
Installing
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Special tools and workshop equipment required hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
Can be removed only when radiator grille -3- is removed
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the bolt -2- from the inside of the radiator grille -3-.
– Remove the emblem “R-Line” -1- from the radiator grille -3-
forward.

agen oes
olksw not Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015
yV gu
edb ara
ris ntee
Installing ut
ho or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
tions
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Emblem »R-Line« 2.0 Nm
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
8.3.4 Model Name “R”, Removing and Instal‐
t to the co
ling
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Note
m
a
com
tio
Can be removed only when radiator grille -3- is removed
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Removing
– Remove the bolt -2- from the inside of the radiator grille -3-.
– Remove the emblem “R” -1- from the radiator grille -3- forward.
Installing
tions
Emblem “R” 2.0 Nm
8.4 Rear Emblem, Removing and Installing
Note
The emblem cannot be removed without damaging it.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
Removing
– Pry the brand emblem -1- carefully with a screwdriver -3- in
the direction of the -arrow A- from the swiveling emblem -2-.
Installing
– Press the brand emblem -1- on the swiveling emblem -2- until
it engages audibly.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤ olksw not
byV gu
ara
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
9 Other Attachments
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “9.1 Overview - Other Attachments”, page 400
erm
ab
ility
ot p
9.1 Overview - Other Attachments
wit
is n
h re
ole,
⇒ “9.1.1 Overview - Other Attachments R-Line ”, page 400
spec
⇒ “9.1.2 Overview - Other Attachments R ”, page 401
t to the co
9.1.1 Overview - Other Attachments “R-Line”
rrectne
ss
❑ “R-Line”. Refer to
o
cial p
f
⇒ “1.2.4 Overview - At‐
inform
tachments, R-Line ”,
mer
page 245
atio
om
n
c
2 - Radiator Grille Emblems
i
or
n thi
e
t
sd
iva
o
⇒ “8.3.3 Model Name R-
pr
cum
r
fo
Line, Removing and In‐
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
3 - Rear Name Badge rig ht
py by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
⇒ “8.1.4 Dimension -
Prote AG.
Name Badge R on the

Rear Lid”, page 391
4 - Rear Bumper Cover
tachments, R-Line ”,
page 260
5 - Extended Sill Panel
Extension, Removing
and R ”, page 340
6 - Fender Name Badge
Name Badge on Fender
R ”, page 393

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015
agen oes
olksw not
yV
9.1.2 Overview - Other Attachments “R”
gu
db ara
rise nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
❑ “R”. Refer to
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
tachments, R ”,
pe
ility
ot
page 246
wit
, is n
h re
2 - Radiator Grille Emblems
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “8.3.4 Model Name R,
ling”, page 397
rrectness of i
3 - Rear Name Badge
l purpos
Name Badge R on the
nform
ercia
Rear Lid”, page 391

m
a
com
t
4 - Rear Bumper Cover
ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
tachments, R ”,
rp
cum
fo
page 261
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
5 - Extended Sill Panel C py
ht. rig
rig ht
❑ “R”. Refer to py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Extension, Removing
AG.

and R ”, page 340
6 - Fender Name Badge
Name Badge on Fender
R ”, page 393
9. Other Attachments 401

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
10 Trailer Hitch
Volkswagen R GmbH “R-Line” optional equipment
⇒ “10.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch”, page 402
⇒ “10.2 Overview - Release Cable”, page 403
⇒ “10.3 Trailer Hitch, Removing and Installing”, page 404
⇒ “10.4 Release Cable, Removing and Installing”, page 406
10.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch
Note
♦ Depending on the version, there may be small differences.

♦ The tightening specifications only apply to factory-installed trailer hitches.
♦ If a different trailer hitch is installed, ask the manufacturer for the tightening specifications.
1 - Trailer Hitch
❑ Swiveling trailer hitch
2 - Bolt agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw
❑ 20 Nm + 90° by Vol not
gu
ara
d
❑ Gas-tight sealing risethrea‐ nte
ho eo
ded connections
aut ra
c
ss
❑ Quantity: 3
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
DANGER!
erm
ab
ility
ot p
The bolts are actually

wit
, is n
sealing threaded con‐

h re
nections and seal off the

hole
spec
passenger compartment
es, in part or in w
from exhaust gas. They

t to the co
must always be installed.

rrectness of i
3 - Release Cable
l purpos
❑ With profile
4 - Bolt
nform
ercia
❑ 50 Nm + 90°
m
at

om
ion
c
in t
❑ Always replace bolts af‐

or
his
e
ter loosening them

at
do
priv
5 - Locking Mechanism
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
6 - Release Bracket
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ Part of the trailer hitch gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
10.2 Overview - Release Cable
1 - Release Lever
❑ In the vehicle interior
2 - Frame
❑ In the lock carrier trim
panel.
3 - Grommet
❑ In the back panel.
4 - Release Cable
❑ From the transmission
to the release lever
❑ Is a component of the
transmission and can‐
not be replaced individ‐
ually.
5 - Hex Nut
❑ 5 Nm
❑ Always replace after re‐
moving the transmis‐
sion. wage
es
ks not
Vol gu
6 - Transmission db
y ara
rise nte
❑ uWhentho the release cable eo
ra
ss a
is damaged replace the c
entire transmission with
ce
le
un
pt
both release cables.

an
d
itte
y li
rm
7 - Washer
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n

h re
sion.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
8 - Bolt
t to the co
❑ 5 Nm
rrectness of i

sion.
l purpos
9 - Cover
❑ Always replace together with the bolts.
nform
mercia
10 - Bolts
a
com
tio
❑ 3 Nm
n in
r
te o
thi
❑ Always replace together with the cover.

s
iva
do
r
rp
11 - Cap
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
12 - Release Cable
Co
Cop py
t.
❑ From the transmission to the release lever
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
❑ Is a component of the transmission and cannot be replaced individually.
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
13 - Diverting Eye
❑ Installed in vehicle interior on the back panel.
10. Trailer Hitch 403

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
10.3 Trailer Hitch, Removing and Installing

Removing
Note
♦ Depending on the version, slight deviations must be consid‐

ered.
♦ There is a possibility that on some versions the exhaust sys‐
tem disengages and the heat shield is pushed to the side.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
– Remove bumper cover. Refer to

i
o
pr
cum
r

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Pry the locking mechanism -7- on the release lever -6- Cop py
. rig
-arrow a-.
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Pry the release lever -6- from the release lever -2- -arrow b-.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pry out the release cable -3- from the lock carrier trim panel.
Remove the lock carrier trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Lock Carrier Trim
Panel, Removing and Installing .

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Guide out the release cable -2- from the diverting eye -8-
-arrow c-.
– Remove the release cable and grommet -3- from the vehicle.
– Remove the trailer hitch -1- parallel from the longitudinal mem‐
ber.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Install in reverse order of removal.

nf
ercia
orm
m
DANGER!
atio
om
n in
or c
Bolts -4- are sealing threaded connections and seal the interior
thi
te
from exhaust gases and must be installed in any case.

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
The grommet -3- on the release cable must be attached correctly Cop py
on the back panel.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
– Perform a functionality test before installing the trailer hitch.
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
10.4 Release Cable, Removing and Installing

Removing
WARNING
Loosen only the designated screws.

Do not perform any work other than those described. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
Note ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
♦ The trailer hitch is not completely removed. itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ The bolts -10 -have a special construction to make removing more difficult.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Loosen the trailer hitch (refer to

⇒ “10.3 Trailer Hitch, Removing and Installing”, page 404 ) and
remove slightly.
– Remove the bolts -10- using pliers and remove the cover -9-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Turn the turntable -8- slightly and remove the release cable
-7-.
– Loosen the bolt -5- and hex nut -1- and remove the transmis‐
sion -3- with both release cables -2 and 7-.
Installing
Note
♦ There are always new bolted connections -1, 5, and 8- and a

new cover -9- to be used.
♦ The cap -6- must be installed undamaged.
♦ Clean the area where the seal lays before positioning the cov‐
er.
♦ Water must not leak into the swiveling mechanism.
♦ Before installing the trailer hitch on the vehicle perform a func‐
tion test.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Secure the transmission -3- with new bolts -5-, washer -4-, and
hex nut -1-.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
– Engage the release cable -7- in the turntable.

– Secure the new cover -9- with new bolts -8-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
11 Special Tools
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
byV
ol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw
Body Exterior - Edition 05.2015 by
Vol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
or
♦ Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- aut
h eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2013 ➤ , e-Golf 2014 ➤
12 Revision History
DRUCK NUMBER: K0059211521
wage
es ks not
Vol gu
by
Fac‐ Edit Job Fe e Notes
d Qualityarant
ris
tory Edi‐ Typeuthoed‐ Checke ee or
Edi‐ tion ss
a ba d By ac
tion ck
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
05.2 08/1 Lo‐ “The side spoiler cannot be Tom
is n
h re
015 3/20 cal removed without damaging Perry
ole,
spec
15 Up‐ it.” removed from “Side
date Spoiler, Removing and In‐
t to the co
stalling” chapter.
05.2 06/0 Fac‐ Joe Y
015 5/20 tory
rrectne
15 Up‐
date
ss
- 05/0 Feed 10 Joe Y
o
cial p
f i
4/20 back 94
nform
15 69
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
12. Revision History 411

Cautions & Warnings
Please read these WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before proceeding with maintenance
and repair work. You must answer that you have read and you understand these
WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before you will be allowed to view this information.
•= If you lack the skills, tools and equipment, or a suitable workshop for any procedure described in this manual, we
suggest you leave such repairs to an authorized Volkswagen retailer or other qualified shop. We especially urge
you to consult an authorized Volkswagen retailer before beginning repairs on any vehicle that may still be covered
wholly or in part by any of the extensive warranties issued by Volkswagen.
n AG. Volkswagen A G do
wage es n
Volks ot g
y
•= Disconnect the battery negativeedterminal (ground strap) whenever you
b ua work on the fuel system or the electrical
ran
ir s tee
system. Do not smoke or work tho near heaters or other fire hazards. Keep an oapproved fire extinguisher handy.
au ra
ss c
•=
ce
Volkswagen is constantly improving its vehicles and sometimes these changes, both in parts and specifications,
e
nl
pt
du
are made applicable to earlier models. Therefore, part numbers listed in this manual are for reference only. Always
an
itte
y li
check with your authorized Volkswagen retailer parts department for the latest information.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
•= Any time the battery has been disconnected on an automatic transmission vehicle, it will be necessary to
, is n
h re
reestablish Transmission Control Module (TCM) basic settings using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST).
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
•= Never work under a lifted vehicle unless it is solidly supported on stands designed for the purpose. Do not support
t to the co
a vehicle on cinder blocks, hollow tiles or other props that may crumble under continuous load. Never work under a
vehicle that is supported solely by a jack. Never work under the vehicle while the engine is running.
rrectness of i
•= For vehicles equipped with an anti-theft radio, be sure of the correct radio activation code before disconnecting the
l purpos
battery or removing the radio. If the wrong code is entered when the power is restored, the radio may lock up and
become inoperable, even if the correct code is used in a later attempt.
nf
ercia
orm
•= If you are going to work under a vehicle on the ground, make sure that the ground is level. Block the wheels to
m
atio
m
keep the vehicle from rolling. Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) to prevent others from
o
n in
or c
starting the vehicle while you are under it.

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
•=
cu
Do not attempt to work on your vehicle if you do not feel well. You increase the danger of injury to yourself and
o
m
f
en
others if you are tired, upset or have taken medicine or any other substances that may impair you or keep you from
ng
t.
yi Co
being fully alert. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
•=
Vo
Never run the engine unless the work area is well ventilated. Carbon monoxide (CO) kills.
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
•= Always observe good workshop practices. Wear goggles when you operate machine tools or work with acid. Wear
goggles, gloves and other protective clothing whenever the job requires working with harmful substances.
•= Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, a scarf, loose clothing, or a necklace when you work near
machine tools or running engines. If your hair, clothing, or jewelry were to get caught in the machinery, severe
injury could result.
•= Do not re-use any fasteners that are worn or deformed in normal use. Some fasteners are designed to be used
only once and are unreliable and may fail if used a second time. This includes, but is not limited to, nuts, bolts,
washers, circlips and cotter pins. Always follow the recommendations in this manual - replace these fasteners with
new parts where indicated, and any other time it is deemed necessary by inspection.
Page 1 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= Illuminate the work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the vehicle.
Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled
fuel or oil.
•= Friction materials such as brake pads and clutch discs may contain asbestos fibers. Do not create dust by
grinding, sanding, or by cleaning with compressed air. Avoid breathing asbestos fibers and asbestos dust.
Breathing asbestos can cause serious diseases such as asbestosis or cancer, and may result in death.
•= Finger rings should be removed so that they cannot cause electrical shorts, get caught in running machinery, or be
crushed by heavy parts.
•= Before starting a job, make certain that you have all the necessary tools and parts on hand. Read all the
instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts. Use tools that are appropriate to the work and use only
replacement parts meeting Volkswagen specifications. Makeshift tools, parts and procedures will not make good
repairs.
•= Catch draining fuel, oil or brake fluid in suitable containers. Do not use empty food or beverage containers that
might mislead someone into drinking from them. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Wipe up spills at
once, but do not store the oily rags, which can ignite and burn spontaneously.
•= Use pneumatic and electric tools only to loosen threaded parts and fasteners. Never use these tools to tighten
fasteners, especially on light alloy parts. Always use a torque wrench to tighten fasteners to the tightening torque
AG. Volkswagen AG d
listed. swagen oes
lk o n ot g
yV ua
edb ran
•= Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open ris
ho flame away from the top of the battery. If escaping hydrogen gas is
tee
ignited, it will ignite gas trapped in the autcells and cause the battery to explode.
or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
•= Be mindful of the environment and ecology. Before you drain the crankcase, find out the proper way to dispose of
an
d
itte
y li
the oil. Do not pour oil onto the ground, down a drain, or into a stream, pond, or lake. Consult local ordinances that
rm
ab
govern the disposal of wastes.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
•= The air-conditioning (A/C) system is filled with a chemical refrigerant that is hazardous. The A/C system should be
hole
spec
serviced only by trained automotive service technicians using approved refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment,
es, in part or in w
trained in related safety precautions, and familiar with regulations governing the discharging and disposal of t to the co
automotive chemical refrigerants.
•= Before doing any electrical welding on vehicles equipped with anti-lock brakes (ABS), disconnect the battery
rrectness of i
negative terminal (ground strap) and the ABS control module connector.
l purpos
•= Do not expose any part of the A/C system to high temperatures such as open flame. Excessive heat will increase
nform
ercia
system pressure and may cause the system to burst.

m
a
com
•= When boost-charging the battery, first remove the fuses for the Engine Control Module (ECM), the Transmission
ion in
Control Module (TCM), the ABS control module, and the trip computer. In cases where one or more of these
r
te o
thi
components is not separately fused, disconnect the control module connector(s).

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
•= Some of the vehicles covered by this manual are equipped with a supplemental restraint system (SRS), that
en
ng
i t.
automatically deploys an airbag in the event of a frontal impact. The airbag is operated by an explosive device. py Co
Co py
Handled improperly or without adequate safeguards, it can be accidentally activated and cause serious personal ht. rig
rig ht
py by
injury. To guard against personal injury or airbag system failure, only trained Volkswagen Service technicians
by co Vo
lksw
should test, disassemble or service the airbag system. cted agen
Prote AG.
Page 2 of 3
Version 1.0
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
Cautions & Warnings
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
•= Do not quick-charge the battery (for boost starting) for longer than one minute, and do not exceed 16.5 volts at the
wit
, is n
h re
battery with the boosting cables attached. Wait at least one minute before boosting the battery a second time.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
•= Never use a test light to conduct electrical tests of the airbag system. The system must only be tested by trained
t to the co
Volkswagen Service technicians using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST) or an approved equivalent. The airbag unit
must never be electrically tested while it is not installed in the vehicle.
rrectness of i
•= Some aerosol tire inflators are highly flammable. Be extremely cautious when repairing a tire that may have been
l purpos
inflated using an aerosol tire inflator. Keep sparks, open flame or other sources of ignition away from the tire repair
area. Inflate and deflate the tire at least four times before breaking the bead from the rim. Completely remove the
nf
tire from the rim before attempting any repair.
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
•= When driving or riding in an airbag-equipped vehicle, never hold test equipment in your hands or lap while the
o
n in
c
vehicle is in motion. Objects between you and the airbag can increase the risk of injury in an accident.
or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
I have read and I understand these Cautions and Warnings.
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
h ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Page 3 of 3
Version 1.0

D4B8046FF16 Body Exterior

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

D4B8046FF16 Body Exterior

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

D4B8046FF16 Body Exterior

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service

Service Department. Technical Information

All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2015 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B8046FF16

1.7 Catch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

1.8 Hinges, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

1.9 Insulation, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

1.10 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

1.11 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

1.12 Release Cable, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

2.1 Overview - Rear Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

2.3 Rear Lid, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

2.4 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

2.7 Catch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

2.8 Rear Lid Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

2.9 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

2.10 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

3 Fuel Filler Door Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

1.3 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

1.4 Door, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

2.2 Overview - Window Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

2.14 Window Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

58 - Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

2.14 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

1.7 Slotted Guide Rail Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

1.8 Sliding Sunroof Front Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

1.10 Sunroof, Closing Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

1.11 Sunroof Seals, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

2.2 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

1.2 Overview - Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

64 - Glass, Window Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

2.2 Windshield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

66 - Exterior Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

3.4 Drip Rail, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

3.5 Sill Panel Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

3.6 Front Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

3.7 Rear Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

3.8 Floor Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

3.10 Rear Muffler Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

4 Noise Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

5 Underbody Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

5.1 Overview - Underbody Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

5.3 Center Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

5.5 Front Tunnel Bridge, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

5.6 Rear Tunnel Bridge, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

6 Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

6.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

6.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

1.1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier

1 - Lock Carrier with Attach‐

❑ Service Position, Per‐ a

⇒ “1.3 Service Position,

Performing and Reset‐

2 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front

1.1.2 Overview - Lock Carrier

1 - Lock Carrier with Attach‐

❑ Left and right

❑ Quantity: 4 on each side

⇒ “1.2.2 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing - e-Golf”,

1.2.1 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing, Gasoline/Diesel